ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES INC
10SB12G/A, 1999-04-26
PUBLIC WAREHOUSING & STORAGE
Previous: AUDIBLE INC, S-1, 1999-04-26
Next: STATIA TERMINALS GROUP NV, 424B2, 1999-04-26




     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 1999.

                                                    Registration No. 000-25351  
                                                                      
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                   ------------------------------------------


                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                   FORM 10-SB

      GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS
        Under Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                   ------------------------------------------

                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

                      Texas                                   75-2695621
         (State or other jurisdiction of                   (I.R.S. Employer
         incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)

                                318 Cadiz Street
                               Dallas, Texas 75207
                                 (214) 426-5151
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
          including area code, of Issuer's principal executive offices)

                       ---------------------------------

           Securities to be registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of class)

                       ----------------------------------



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>               <C>                                                                                            <C>

ITEM 1.           DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.........................................................................1
                  The Company.....................................................................................1
                                    Merger with Alford............................................................1
                  The Business....................................................................................2
                                    The Industry..................................................................3
                                    Customers.....................................................................3
                                    Competition; Growth Potential.................................................3
                                    Sales and Marketing...........................................................3
                                    Suppliers.....................................................................4
                                    Employees.....................................................................4
                                    Government Regulation.........................................................4
                                    Research......................................................................4
                                    Licenses, Permits and Product Registrations...................................5

ITEM 2.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.............................................................5
                  Results of Operations...........................................................................6
                  Year Ended December 31, 1998, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997:.........................6
                                    Revenues......................................................................6
                                    Operating Costs...............................................................7
                                    General and Administrative Expenses...........................................7
                                    Depreciation, Amortization, Rent and Interest.................................7
                                    Income Tax Expense or Benefit.................................................8
                  Liquidity and Capital Resources.................................................................8
                  Year 2000.......................................................................................9
                  Fluctuations in Operating Results; Seasonality.................................................10
                  Environmental Matters..........................................................................10
                  Inflation......................................................................................10
                  Accounting Matters.............................................................................10

ITEM 3.           DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY........................................................................11
                                    Dallas, Texas................................................................11
                                    La Porte, Texas..............................................................11
                                    Richardson, Texas............................................................12
                                    Fort Worth, Texas............................................................12

ITEM 4.           SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                  AND MANAGEMENT.................................................................................12

ITEM 5.           DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL
                  PERSONS........................................................................................13
                  Committees of the Board of Directors...........................................................14

ITEM 6.           EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.........................................................................14
                  Executive Compensation.........................................................................14
                  Director Compensation..........................................................................15



<PAGE>




ITEM 7.           CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.................................................15

ITEM 8.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..............................................................................16

ITEM 9.           MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
                  MATTERS .......................................................................................16

ITEM 10.          RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES........................................................17

ITEM 11.          DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES......................................................................17
                  General  ......................................................................................17
                  Common Stock...................................................................................17
                  Preferred Stock................................................................................18
                  Provisions Having a Possible Anti-takeover Effect .............................................18
                  Limitation of Liability of Directors...........................................................18
                  Bylaw Provisions and Amendment of Bylaws.......................................................19
                  Transfer Agent.................................................................................19

ITEM 12.          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS......................................................19

ITEM 14.          CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE............................................................40

ITEM 15.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS..............................................................40
</TABLE>




<PAGE>



                                     PART I

ITEM 1.           DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

The Company

         Alford  Refrigerated  Warehouses,  Inc., a Texas  corporation  formerly
known as Hilltop Acquisition Holding Corporation,  and prior to that, as Optical
Acquisition Corp. (the "Company"),  was originally  incorporated in October 1992
under the laws of the state of Delaware.

         The Company filed a bankruptcy petition on September 21, 1995 and filed
the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan") on July 9, 1996. The
United  States  Bankruptcy  Court for the  Northern  District  of Texas,  Dallas
Division  (the "Court")  entered an order  approving the Plan on August 9, 1996.
The Plan was modified pursuant to an order of the Court on February 28, 1997.

         The Plan  provided  for the  liquidation  of the  Company's  assets and
distribution of the proceeds to secured,  priority and unsecured creditors.  The
Plan further  provided that the Company would remain in existence,  although all
capital stock  outstanding  as of the Petition Date was canceled The Company was
reincorporated in the State of Texas in September 1997.

         As  contemplated  in the Plan, the Company,  which had no operations or
significant  assets at the time, had undertaken a business  strategy to seek out
and consummate an acquisition or merger transaction.


         Merger with Alford

         On  or  about  December  15,  1998,  the  Company  merged  with  Alford
Refrigerated  Warehouses,  Inc.  ("Alford") pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of
Merger dated  November 23, 1998 by and among Hilltop,  Womack Gilman  Investment
Services,   L.C.,   Halter  Financial  Group,   Inc.  and  Alford  (the  "Merger
Agreement").  In accordance with the terms of the Merger  Agreement,  Alford was
the surviving corporation.  Immediately prior to the merger, Hilltop amended its
Articles of  Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split so that each share of
Hilltop's issued and outstanding  common stock was automatically  converted into
 .625 of a fully paid and nonassessable share of Hilltop's common stock. Pursuant
to the terms of the Merger  Agreement,  each share of common stock of Alford was
automatically  converted into the right to receive 655.1372 shares of the common
stock of the Company. In addition,  the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws
of Alford became the Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Company,  the
directors  and  officers  of Alford  became the  directors  and  officers of the
Company,  and the Company  changed its name to Alford  Refrigerated  Warehouses,
Inc. The transaction is considered a reverse merger.
Application of reverse merger accounting results in the following:

         1.       The consolidated  financial  statements of the combined entity
                  are  issued  under  the  name  of  the  legal  parent,  Alford
                  Refrigerated  Warehouses,  Inc.  (formerly  Hilltop),  but the
                  entity is considered a continuation  of the legal  subsidiary,
                  Alford.

         2.       As  Alford  is  deemed  to  be  the  acquirer  for  accounting
                  purposes,  its  assets and  liabilities  are  included  in the
                  consolidated  financial statements of the continuing entity at
                  their carrying values.



                                        1

<PAGE>



         3.       Amounts presented for periods prior to December 1998 are those
                  of Alford, the legal subsidiary.  All shares for periods prior
                  to December 31, 1998, have been retroactively adjusted as if a
                  stock split had occurred.

         4.       Costs related to the transaction with the Company were expens-
                  ed during 1998.

         In November  1998,  certain  affiliated  entities of Alford were merged
into Alford.  These entities,  including Robco  Industries,  Inc.  ("Robco") and
Alltemp Logistical Services, LLC ("Alltemp") are in the same line of business as
the Company and, by virtue of their  ultimate  ownership,  are  considered to be
entities under common control with the Company. Accordingly,  these mergers were
accounted  for in a manner  similar to a pooling of  interests  and the  balance
sheets,  statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity  and cash flows give
retroactive effect to the mergers as if they occurred as of the beginning of the
earliest period presented. The operations of Robco and Alltemp are insignificant
to total operations.

The Business

         The Company believes  that it is  the largest public refrigerated ware-
housing operation in the southwest United States. The Company operates a network
of four strategically located refrigerated warehouse facilities in Texas, with a
total area of 1,500,000 sq. ft. or 32,000,000 cu. ft. of storage space. The Com-
pany's principal executive office is  located at 318 Cadiz Street, Dallas, Texas
75207 and its telephone number is (214) 426-5151.

         The  Company's   public  warehouse   business   consists  of  providing
customers,  which  include  food  processors,   distributors,   wholesalers  and
retailers,  with  temperature  controlled  storage  services and a full range of
logistics  management and other value-added  services such as (i) blast freezing
of fresh products,  (ii) repackaging and labeling of food products,  (iii) order
picking and load consolidation,  (iv) crossdocking, (v) container handling, (vi)
importing and exporting  services,  (vii) USDA approved  storage and  inspection
services, and (viii) Federal Government inspected facility for export.

         The  Company is a third  party  service  provider  and as such does not
purchase the inventory that it stores.  When the Company  receives  products for
storage,  it provides the customer with a nonnegotiable  warehouse  receipt.  At
that time,  the customer  pays for one month of storage and handling  based upon
the type and amount of product  accepted at the  beginning of the 30 day period.
The Company's  inventory  control system monitors the product by type of product
and by lot number.  In order to remove any product  from  storage,  the customer
places an order with the  Company,  the Company  removes  the  product  from the
warehouse for the customer and provides the customer  with a bill of lading.  If
there is any product  remaining in storage at the end of the 30 day period,  the
Company bills the customer for an additional 30 days of storage.

         In  addition  to its public  warehouse  business,  the  Company  leases
refrigerated  space to  approximately  28 tenants who manage their own inventory
and logistics functions and utilize their own equipment and personnel. In almost
all cases,  the  tenant  pays all of the  expenses,  except  for  utilities  and
property  taxes which are  included in the rent.  The terms of the leases may be
month to month or as long as five years.  The Company does not allow  tenants to
make any special  modifications  to the leased space without the Company's prior
approval.  For the year ended  December  31,  1998  public  warehouse  customers
represented  over 93% of the  Company's  revenue,  the  remainder  of which  was
attributable  to leased  space.  For the year ended  December 31,  1997,  public
warehouse customers represented approximately 92% of the Company's revenue.



                                        2

<PAGE>



         The Company is designing and planning the  construction  of a 4,000,000
cubic foot addition to its Cadiz Street facility in Dallas,  Texas.  The Company
anticipates  that the new  addition  will contain a blast  freezing  capacity of
400,000 lbs. per day and storage at -20(degree)F.

         The Industry

         The public  refrigerated  warehousing  industry  provides  refrigerated
warehousing,  inventory  management and logistics  services to food  processors,
distributors and retailers of frozen and chilled foods during the period between
production  and  consumption.  In the food  industry,  there is a period between
production  and  consumption  as well as a continuing  shift by individual  food
processors,  distributors and retailers from owning their  refrigerated  storage
facilities to outsourcing their warehousing  requirements,  inventory management
and  logistics  functions  to  operators  of  public  refrigerated   warehousing
businesses who are generally more economical providers of such services.

         Historically,  public  refrigerated  warehousing growth has been steady
and  non-cyclical.  Although the overall U.S.  food industry has been growing at
the rate of population  growth,  according to a U.S.  Department of  Agriculture
report dated January of 1998, the public refrigerated  warehousing  industry has
been growing more rapidly than the  population,  at an average  compound  annual
growth rate of 4.5% per year over the past 10 years.

         Customers

         The Company had  approximately 600 customers during the 12 months ended
December  31,  1998 and  during  the 12 months  ended  December  31,  1997.  The
Company's  customers  include a broad base of national,  regional and local food
processors,  distributors,  wholesalers and retailers. The current customer base
includes  Pilgrim's  Pride,  Nabisco  Food, M & M Mars,  Kroger Co.,  Maple Leaf
Foods,  Borden Dairy,  Chef  America,  Dairy Farmers of America and many others.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 1998, no customer accounted for more
than 10% of the Company's revenues.  During the twelve months ended December 31,
1997, Nabisco Food accounted for approximately 12% of the Company's revenues.

         Competition; Growth Potential

         The United  States  public  refrigerated  warehousing  market is highly
fragmented.   According  to  the  Internatioinal   Association  of  Refrigerated
Warehouses,  the 10 largest public refrigerated warehousing firms represent less
than  40%  of  the  available  public  refrigerated  warehousing  space.  Public
refrigerated  warehousing facilities in the United States are typically owned by
strong local or regional operators with one to four facilities  representing two
to 14 million  cubic feet of public  refrigerated  warehousing  space which,  on
average,  generate  direct  profit  contribution  margins of 40%.  Many of these
companies  are  family-owned   businesses   without  successors  active  in  the
management of the business.  Based on past  experience  with such owners and the
dynamics of the industry, the Company believes that many of these businesses can
be acquired at attractive cash flow multiples.

         Sales and Marketing

         The Company's  marketing and sales  efforts are  integrated  across all
levels  of  management.  Senior  management  has the  responsibility  for  major
customers,  including  all national  accounts.  In  addition,  customers in each
region  are  serviced  by  regional  general  managers  who work with  sales and



                                        3

<PAGE>



marketing  professionals  to plan  and  execute  regional  business  development
strategies. At the local level, individual facility managers are responsible for
developing and maintaining long-term relationships with customers.

         The  Company's  management  and sales  professionals  are  aggressively
pursuing  business  development  opportunities  that arise from  natural  market
growth as sales of frozen foods increase and the trend towards the use of public
refrigerated warehouse services continues. Management believes that by taking an
active role in the management and coordination of its customers' inventories and
by providing a broader  range of logistics  services,  the Company will maintain
its competitive advantage over the long term.

         Suppliers

         The  Company's  largest  expenses  are labor and  utilities.  It is not
dependent upon any one supplier for raw materials. The majority of the Company's
maintenance services are provided primarily by its own employees.

         Employees

         As of December 31, 1998, the Company had a total of 188 employees,  all
of whom are full-time  employees.  Of these  employees,  approximately  136 were
employed at the Dallas,  Texas facility which includes its corporate offices, 28
were  employed at the La Porte  facility,  17 were  employed  at the  Richardson
facility  and  seven  were  employed  at the Fort  Worth  facility.  None of the
employees are represented by a labor union.

         Government Regulation

         The Company's operations are subject to federal,  state and local laws,
regulations  and  ordinances  relating  to  the  storage,  handling,   emission,
transportation  and discharge of certain  materials and various other health and
safety  matters.  These  laws  include  the  Clean  Air Act,  the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, and the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act. For example,  the Company uses anhydrous  ammonia
in its operations.  In addition, the Company uses a type of refrigerant which is
no longer being produced  because of government  regulations.  The Company is in
the process of modifying  its  equipment  and believes that all of its equipment
will be able to use a new type of  refrigerant by the end of 1999. The Company's
operations  also are  governed by laws and  regulations  relating  to  workplace
safety and worker health, principally the Occupational Safety and Health Act and
the regulations thereunder.

         Governmental  authorities  have the power to  enforce  compliance  with
their regulations,  and violators may be subject to fines,  injunctions or both.
The Company  believes that it is currently in  substantial  compliance  with all
such applicable laws and  regulations.  The Company cannot at this time estimate
the impact of any  increased  regulation  on the  Company's  operations,  future
capital expenditure requirements or the cost of compliance.

         In addition to regulating the Company directly, the Company's customers
are  subject to certain  regulations  relating  to the import and export of food
products.  The Company  maintains an approved  USDA  inspection  room on site at
three of its four facilities for the benefit of its customers.



                                        4

<PAGE>



         Research

         The  Company  generally  does not  spend  any  material  amount  of its
resources  on  research  and  development.   Rather,  it  is  a  member  of  the
Refrigeration  Research and Education  Foundation which is an organization  that
was founded in 1943 as a scientific and educational foundation for the following
purposes:

          o    to advance the application of refrigeration technology for better
               preservation of food and commodities;

          o    develop and support research in the science of refrigeration;

          o    cooperate with  government and private  institutions  in research
               activities;

          o    train and educate refrigerated  warehouse/distribution personnel;
               and

          o    establish   and  make   available  a  repository   of  scientific
               information specific to the industry.

         Licenses, Permits and Product Registrations

         The Company uses certain licenses and  registrations in its operations.
For example, the Company has a perpetual license for the use of certain software
from Maves  International  Software,  Inc.  The Company  uses this  software for
inventory  control and financial  reporting.  The Company is not required to pay
any  additional  royalties on the software,  however,  the Company  periodically
purchases upgrades to the software.

         In addition, Alford Distribution Services, Inc. ("ADS"), a wholly owned
subsidiary  of the  Company,  is  licensed  by  the  Texas  Alcoholic  Beverages
Commission to store products containing alcohol.  ADS is required to post a bond
each year to maintain this license which is subject to revocation,  modification
and renewal each year by the commission.

         For the benefit of its customers, the Company maintains a room at three
of its four  facilities  that is approved by the USDA for use in connection with
the inspection of food products.

         The  Company's  trademark,  a penguin,  is  registered  with the patent
trademark office. This registration is periodically subject to renewal.


ITEM 2.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         With the exception of historical information,  the matters discussed in
this report are "forward looking  statements" as that term is defined in Section
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company cautions the reader that
actual  results  could  differ  materially  from those  expected  by the Company
depending  on the outcome of certain  factors,  including,  without  limitation,
adverse changes in the market for the Company's services.  Readers are cautioned
not to place undue reliance on any forwardlooking statement. All forward-looking
statements  speak only as of the date of this filing.  The Company does not have
any obligations to update or otherwise make any revisions to these statements to
reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the date of this  filing,  including,
without  limitation,  changes  in the  Company's  business  strategy  or planned
capital expenditures, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.



                                        5

<PAGE>




         Reference  to 1997 and 1998 are to the years ended  December 31 of each
year.

Results of Operations

         The following  table sets forth  unaudited  information for the periods
indicated,  including the dollar  amount and  percentage of revenues and pre-tax
net income derived from each of the Company's segments (warehouse locations).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                YEAR ENDED     
                                                                                ----------
                                                             1998                                        1997      
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>             <C>                 <C>
REVENUES:
         Dallas                             $  9,411,480        53.3            $  8,129,544        52.1
         Richardson (1)                        2,264,779        12.8               1,899,151        12.2
         Fort Worth (2)                        1,110,884         6.3               1,005,607         6.4
         La Porte (3)                          2,771,127        15.7               2,500,846        16.0
         Other (4)                          $  2,093,671        11.9               2,076,258        13.3  
                                            --------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $ 17,651,941       100.0%           $ 15,611,406       100.0%
                                            ==============================================================

NET INCOME (LOSS):
         Dallas                             $  1,500,682       127.8            $    802,032       585.8
         Richardson (1)                          213,996        18.2                 127,413        93.1
         Fort Worth (2)                          120,465        10.3                  67,454        49.3
         La Porte (3)                             15,012         1.3                 (64,734)      (47.3)
         Other (4)                              (675,879)      (57.6)               (795,261)     (580.9) 
                                            -------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $  1,174,276       100.0%           $    136,904       100.0%
                                            =============================================================
<FN>
- ---------------------

(1)  Richardson began operations on 12/05/96 under the Company's management.

(2)  Fort Worth began operations on 1/02/97 under the Company's management.

(3)  La Porte  was  leased  and  operated  up to  February  6,  1998 by  Alltemp
     Logistical Services,  LLC ("Alltemp"),  which was owned 100% by Mr. Michael
     Oros,  who is now the  President  of the  Company.  Alltemp was sold to the
     Company's  parent who then  exercised  an option to  purchase  the La Porte
     facility.  The Company then leased the facility from that date. On November
     30, 1998 the Company's parent contributed its ownership interest in Alltemp
     to the Company.  The  contribution was treated as  a merger with an  entity
     under common control.  Accordingly,  Alltemp's operations are presented  as
     if the contribution occurred January 1, 1997.

(4)  Includes   revenues  or  losses  of  a  facility  in  Houston,   which  was
     discontinued in 1998 and expenses  associated  with the corporate  office (
     accounting, legal, data processing and administrative).

</FN>
</TABLE>


                                        6

<PAGE>



Year Ended December 31, 1998, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997:

         Revenues

         The Company  recorded a net profit of  $813,276,  or $.12 per share for
1998, as compared to a net profit of $141,497, or $.02 per share for 1997.

         Total revenues for 1998 were $17,651,941, an increase of $2,040,535, or
13.1%,  compared to revenues of $15,611,406  for 1997. This increase in revenues
is comprised primarily of the following components: Dallas revenues increased by
$1,281,936,  or 15.8%; Richardson revenues increased by $365,628, or 19.3%; Fort
Worth revenues increased by $105,277,  or 10.5%; and La Porte revenues increased
by  $270,281,  or  10.8%.  Revenues  from the  facility  in  Houston,  which was
discontinued in 1998, decreased marginally from 1997.

         The increases of 15.8% in Dallas and 19.3% in  Richardson  are due to a
higher utilization of space at each facility. The current senior management team
began working on an  aggressive  revenue  building  program when they joined the
Company in December  1996.  Continued  increases  are  projected for 1999 as the
facilities  are utilized to their fullest  extent.  The Fort Worth  facility has
approximately 30% of the warehouse space leased to a tenant, which accounted for
approximately 32% of the revenues for 1998 and 25% of the revenues for 1997. The
revenue earning  capability of this facility is stabilized by this constant flow
of  revenue  and  increases  in  revenue  are more  dependant  on the  efficient
utilization  of the remaining  warehouse  capacity.  La Porte came under current
management's  control in February 1998. Although the revenue increases from 1997
to 1998 exceeded 10%, management believes that the true earning capability of La
Porte will not be realized until at least 1999.

         Operating Costs

         Operating costs  increased by $754,843,  or 7.0% from 1997 to 1998, due
primarily to the increase in related sales.  This overall  increase is generally
made up of the net of the following increases and decreases:

         -        Wages and benefits  increased by $643,320,  or 11.6% primarily
                  due to increases  in  utilization  which in turn  necessitated
                  increased employment levels.

         -        Utilities increased by $261,986, or 11.1% primarily due to the
                  abnormally  high  outside   temperatures   during  1998  which
                  contributed to increased consumption of electricity.

         -        Insurance  decreased by $56,512, or 14.6% primarily due to the
                  consolidation of La Porte under corporate  insurance  policies
                  in 1998.

         -        The  remaining  decrease  in  operating  costs  was  due  to a
                  multitude of smaller  decreases  which on an individual  basis
                  are not material.

         General and Administrative Expenses

         General and administrative  expenses  decreased by $267,622,  or 20.3%.
This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in legal and professional  fees of
$226,514, or 57.4%.



                                        7

<PAGE>



         Depreciation, Amortization, Rent and Interest

         Depreciation  expense  increased in 1998 to $776,569  from  $545,732 in
1997 due primarily to the purchase of La Porte and the  capitalization  of lease
assets and obligations. Rent expense decreased by $146,424, or 8.5% from 1997 to
1998.  This  decrease was  primarily due to the purchase of La Porte in 1998 and
the closing of the leased facility in Houston.  Interest  expense was $1,462,318
in 1998, as compared to $1,030,789 in 1997. This increase of $431,529,  or 41.9%
was due primarily to the  assumption  of  $5,400,000  of long-term  debt for the
purchase of La Porte and the higher utilization of the line of credit.

         Income Tax Expense or Benefit

         Income tax expense or benefit  includes the current federal tax expense
or benefit and the effect of deferred taxes related  primarily to the difference
between book and tax  depreciation  on property,  plant and  equipment.  For the
years ended December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, the Company recorded income
tax expense of $361,000 and an income tax benefit of $4,593,  respectively.  The
change from 1998 to 1997 is due to an increase  in taxable  income and  deferred
tax expense  related to the  utilization  of net  operating  losses which became
available in 1998 after the merger with Robco.

         The  Company  establishes  valuation  allowances  when  necessary,   in
accordance  with the provisions of SFAS 109,  "Accounting  for Income Taxes," to
reduce  deferred tax assets to the amount  expected to be realized.  The Company
had potential net operating loss  carryforward of  approximately  $8,332,000 and
$9,703,000  for the  years  ended  December  31,  1998 and  December  31,  1997,
respectively.  A valuation allowance of $1,676,000 exists for both years for net
operating loss  carryforwards not anticipated to be realized before  expiration.
Based upon future  income  projections,  the Company  expects to realize the net
asset.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         At December 31, 1998, the Company's  working  capital ratio was .9 to 1
compared to 1.3 to 1 at December  31,  1997.  The Company had a working  capital
deficit of $241,219  at December  31,  1998,  as compared to working  capital of
$681,778 at the end of 1997. The decrease in the Company's working capital ratio
and working  capital is primarily due to decreases in cash and cash  equivalents
of $337,047 and federal  income  tax  receivable  of $127,629  and  increases in
property  taxes payable of $294,704 and current  maturities of long-term debt in
the amount of  $384,285.  These  decreases  are offset in part by an increase in
accounts  receivable  of  $188,443.  The  increase  in accounts  receivable  and
property  taxes payable are  primarily due to addition of La Porte in 1998.  The
increase  in  current  maturities  of  long-term  debt is  primarily  due to the
assumption of a note payable of $5,400,000  for the purchase of La Porte and the
capitalization of lease assets and obligations of $1,191,228.

         Net cash provided by operating  activities for 1998 totaled  $2,119,211
as compared  to net cash used in  operating  activities  of $91,878 for the year
ended  1997.  The  increase  in net cash  provided by  operating  activities  is
comprised of the following factors:  net income was $813,276 in 1998 as compared
to $141,497 in 1997;  depreciation  expense was  $776,569 in 1998 as compared to
$545,732  in 1997;  deferred  tax  expense  was  $296,000 in 1998 as compared to
deferred tax benefit of $6,593 in 1997;  prepaid expenses  decreased $459,058 in
1998 as compared to $294,517 in 1997;  accounts  payable  increased  $116,068 in
1998 as compared to a decrease of $87,826 in 1997;  and property  taxes  payable
increased $294,704 in 1998 as compared to $186,158 in 1997. These increases were
partially  offset by a decrease in notes payable of $522,254 in 1998 as compared
to $280,659 in  1997. In 1997  there were other  material decreases in  net cash


                                        8

<PAGE>



provided by operating  activities  due to an increase in deposits and escrows of
$552,506  and an increase  in other  assets of  $511,827.  There was no material
change in these categories in 1998.

         Capital expenditures for 1998 were $1,417,965, compared to $746,579 for
1997.  The  increase  of  $671,386  was due  primarily  to the cash  paid on the
purchase of the La Porte facility.

         The Company has a line of credit which  provides up to  $2,500,000,  of
which the company had borrowed  $1,549,377  at December 31, 1998.  The borrowing
base on the line of credit  fluctuates based on reports submitted by the Company
to the lender on an as needed basis.  The availability at any time is determined
by a calculation of 80% of the eligible accounts  receivable  submitted plus 20%
of the cash receipts collected since the last report. The line of credit expires
on December 3, 2001.

         Net cash used in financing  activities  for 1998 totaled  $1,038,293 as
compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $697,062 in 1997, a net
change of $1,735,355.  Financing  activities in 1997 included mortgage financing
on the Dallas facility for $8,100,000 and a term loan of $1,207,160. The Company
also received $678,165 in advances on the line of credit.  Cash was used to make
principal  payments  on debt of  $5,758,195  and  advances  to an  affiliate  of
$3,922,472.  In 1998 financing  activities  consisted of advances on the line of
credit in the amount of $1,021,212.  Cash was used to make principal payments on
debt of $1,261,464 and advances to an affiliate of $798,041.

         During 1998,  the  Company's  parent  assumed  $2,600,000  of the notes
payable  outstanding  as of January 1, 1998 as a settlement  of a portion of the
notes payable due to the Company.  The Company has  guaranteed  this  obligation
which  totaled  $2,350,000 at December 31, 1998.  The Company  believes that the
collateral  pledged  by its  parent is  adequate  to cover the debt in case of a
default and has not recorded a liability in the financial  statements related to
this guarantee.

         The  company  believes  that cash flow  supplemented  by the  Company's
positive  cash  position  will  be  adequate  to  fund  the  Company's   capital
requirements.

         The Company has entered into an agreement  for the purchase of the Fort
Worth facility for  $3,000,000.  The Company expects to complete the transaction
in the second  quarter of 1999.  The Company has executed an  "Exclusive  Option
Contract" for the purchase of the Richardson facility for $6,000,000. The option
period will expire on February 22, 2000.  Management  hopes to close this trans-
action  by the end of the  third  quarter  of 1999.  The  Company  is  currently
negotiating with a potential lender to provide financing for both facilities.

Year 2000

         The Company, like many companies,  faces the "Year 2000" issue. This is
a result of computer programs being written using two digits rather than four to
define  the  applicable   year.   Any  of  the  Company's   programs  that  have
time-sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000.  This could  result in system  failures  or  miscalculations
causing  disruptions  of operations,  including,  among other things a temporary
inability  to  process   transactions  or  engage  in  similar  normal  business
activities.  The Company  recognizes that it must take action to ensure that its
operations will not be adversely impacted by Year 2000 software failures.

         The  Company  has  conducted  a  comprehensive  review of its  computer
systems to  identify  the  impact of the "Year  2000"  issue.  The  company  has
developed  a plan to address  the  problem  and is  currently  implementing  the
changes  identified  in the plan.  During 1998 the Company  replaced  one of its



                                        9

<PAGE>



computer  processors to handle the Year 2000  compliant  software.  The software
used by the  Company is  provided  by a third  party who has assured the company
that its latest version is Year 2000  compliant.  The fees  associated  with the
licensing  of the  latest  version  were  paid in  1996.  Implementation  of the
software is expected late in the second  quarter of 1999.  The  remaining  costs
associated with the implementation are not expected to have a material effect on
the Company or its results of  operations.  The total cost  associated  with the
remediation plan is currently estimated to be less than $180,000,  most of which
was incurred in 1996 and 1998.

         The Company has  maintained  correspondence  with many of the Company's
significant  customers and  suppliers.  To date, the Company is not aware of any
third party customer or supplier with a "Year 2000" issue that would  materially
impact the  Company's  results of  operations,  liquidity or capital  resources.
However,  the Company has no means of ensuring  that all third  parties  will be
"Year 2000" ready.

         The Company has reviewed  its  non-information  technology  and systems
that  may  include  embedded  chips  for Year  2000  compliance.  The  Company's
assessments indicate that due to the nature of the Company's  operations,  these
technology  systems do not  represent an area of material  risk relative to Year
2000 readiness.

Fluctuations in Operating Results; Seasonality

         The Company's  operating results do not vary  significantly from period
to period.  Generally  sales  volumes are lowest at the  beginning of the fiscal
year and grow steadily to a peak in November and December.

Environmental Matters

         The Company is not aware of any environmental liability relating to its
facilities  or  operations  that  would have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company, its business, assets or results of operations.

Inflation

         Inflation has not  historically  had a material effect on the Company's
operations,  and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company in the
future.

Accounting Matters

         In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS
No. 131  establishes  standards  for the way that  public  business  enterprises
report information about operating  segments in annual financial  statements and
requires that those  enterprises  report selected  financial  information  about
operating  segments  in  interim  financial  reports  to  shareholders.  It also
establishes  standards  for related  disclosures  about  products and  services,
geographic areas, and major customers.  The disclosure  requirements of SFAS No.
131 are effective for financial  statements for financial  years beginning after
December 15, 1997. The Company has complied with the disclosure  requirements of
SFAS No. 131 in its financial statements for fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
and  December  31,  1997.



                                       10

<PAGE>



         In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging  Activities."  This
statement  standardized  the accounting for  derivative  instruments,  including
certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, by requiring that an
entity  recognize  those  items as assets or  liabilities  in the  statement  of
financial  position  and measure  them at fair value.  The  statement  generally
provides  for  matching  the timing of gain or loss  recognition  on the hedging
instrument with the recognition of (a) the changes in fair value of hedged asset
or  liabilities  that are  attributable  to the hedged risk or (b) the  earnings
effect of the hedged forecasted transaction.  The statement is effective for all
fiscal  quarters for all fiscal years  beginning after June 15, 1999, with early
application  encouraged,  and shall not be applied  retroactively  to  financial
statements  of prior  periods.  Adoption  of SFAS No. 133 is expected to have no
effect on the Company's financial statements.


ITEM 3.           DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         Set forth below is information with respect to certain of the Company's
properties.  The  industry  measures  space in cubic feet instead of square feet
because cost projections  include  facility height to account for  refrigeration
and stacked cooled product.  The Company  believes that all of these  properties
are adequately  insured,  in good  condition and suitable for their  anticipated
future use.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Lease
Location                   Primary Use              Approximate Size            Owned/Lease         Expiration Date
- --------                   -----------              ----------------            -----------         ---------------
<S>                        <C>                      <C>                         <C>                 <C>
Dallas, Texas              Corporate office         24,000,000 cubic            Owned               N/A
                           & Warehouse              feet on 52 acres

La Porte, Texas            Warehouse                4,500,000 cubic feet        Owned               N/A
                                                    on 32.3 acres

Richardson, Texas          Warehouse                3,200,000 cubic feet        Leased              Dec. 31,2007
                                                    on 12.4 acres

Fort Worth, Texas          Warehouse                1,550,000 cubic feet        Leased              Jan. 31, 2000
                                                    on 13.5 acres
</TABLE>

         Dallas, Texas

         The Company has 18 tenants at its Dallas, Texas facility.  Of these, no
tenant  occupies  ten  percent  or more of the  rentable  cubic  footage  of the
facility.  The  Company  itself  uses a majority  of the total cubic feet of the
facility as a public  refrigerated  warehouse.  A majority of the Dallas,  Texas
facility is used for refrigerated  warehousing  purposes.  The remainder is used
for public dry storage and for the Company's corporate offices.

         The Dallas,  Texas facility is subject to a 10 year fixed rate mortgage
in the original  principal  amount of $8,100,000  which accrues interest at 8.4%
per year. As of January 20, 1999, the Company owed  approximately  $7,893,859 on
the mortgage  which matures on or about October 1, 2007. At that time,  assuming
no prepayments, the Company will owe approximately $5,682,578.

         The  Company  currently  plans  to  construct  a  4,000,000  cubic-foot
addition  to  its  facility  in  Dallas,   Texas.  The  estimated  cost  of  the
improvements  is  approximately  $8,000,000  which  amount  most  likely will be
financed  by a  conventional  mortgage  or sale  of  convertible  debentures  in
addition to cash flow and the issuance of the Company's common shares.


                                       11

<PAGE>



         La Porte, Texas

         The Company has three tenants at its La Porte  facility.  Of these,  no
tenant  occupies  ten  percent  or more of the  rentable  cubic  footage  of the
facility.  The  Company  itself  uses a majority  of the total cubic feet of the
facility as a public refrigerated warehouse.

         This  property  is  subject to a 10 year  fixed  rate  mortgage  in the
original  principal  amount of $5,400,000  which  accrues  interest at 8.36% per
year. As of January 20, 1999, the Company owed  approximately  $5,352,494 on the
mortgage  which  matures on or about  March 1, 2008.  At that time,  assuming no
prepayments, the Company will owe approximately $4,511,799.

         Richardson, Texas

         The  Company  has three  subtenants  at its  Richardson  facility.  The
Company has  executed an  exclusive  option  contract  for the  purchase of this
property  for  $6,000,000.  The Company  has  received a term sheet from a bank,
subject to due  diligence,  to finance the purchase of the property in an amount
up to 70% of the  property's  appraised  value.  The Company hopes to close this
transaction by the end of the third quarter of 1999.

         Fort Worth, Texas

         As of December 31, 1998, the  Company had four tenants at its Ft. Worth
facility.  Of these,  Kroger Co. accounted for approximately 30% of the space in
the  facility.  The lease  between  the Company and Kroger Co. is for a one year
term with provisions for annual renewal.

         The Company has entered into a purchase and sale  agreement to purchase
this  property for  $3,000,0000  in cash.  The Company has received a term sheet
from a bank,  subject to due diligence,  to finance the purchase of the property
in an amount up to 70% of the property's  appraised  value. The Company hopes to
close this transaction in the second quarter of 1999.


ITEM 4.           SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                  MANAGEMENT

         The following  table sets forth certain  information as of December 31,
1998 with regard to the beneficial  ownership of Common Stock by (i) each person
known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of its outstanding
Common Stock, (ii) the officers and directors of the Company  individually,  and
(iii) the officers and directors of the Company as a group. All addresses are in
care of the Company, 318 Cadiz Street, Dallas, Texas 75207.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Number of
                  Name                               Shares Owned                       Percent
                  ----                               ------------                       -------
<S>      <C>                                         <C>                                  <C>
         Joseph Y. Robichaud(1)                      6,551,372                            93.6%
         Castor Capital Corporation                  6,551,372                            93.6%
         Directors and executive                     6,551,372                            93.6%
           officers as a group (5 persons)




                                       12

<PAGE>
<FN>
- --------------------------
(1)      All of these shares are held by Castor  Capital  Corporation.  The sole
         shareholder  of  Castor is the  Robichaud  Family  Trust,  of which Mr.
         Robichaud is the trustee.  Mr. Robichaud is also the chairman and chief
         executive officer of Castor.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         Castor Capital  Corporation is the owner of approximately  93.6% of the
outstanding shares of the Common Stock and as such is able to elect the board of
directors  and  determine  the outcome of other  matters  requiring  shareholder
action without the concurrence of any other shareholder. The sole shareholder of
Castor Capital Corporation is the Robichaud Family Trust, of which Mr. Robichaud
is trustee.  Mr.  Robichaud is also the chairman and chief executive  officer of
Castor.


ITEM 5.           DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

         Set  forth  below  is  certain  information  regarding  the  directors,
executive  officers  and  significant  employees  of the  Company.  Each  of the
directors  of  the  Company  will  serve  until  the  next  annual   meeting  of
shareholders or until his successor is elected and qualified. Executive officers
of the Company are elected by the Board of  Directors to hold office until their
respective successors are elected and qualified.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Name                       Age                    Position(s)
         ----                       ---                    -----------
<S>      <C>                        <C>              <C>
         Alton M. Adams             60               Chief Executive Officer
         Michael A. Oros            63               President
         James C. Williams          41               Vice President, Chief
                                                     Financial Officer,
                                                     Secretary, Treasurer and
                                                     Director
         Joseph Y. Robichaud        71               Director
         Kenneth M. Tomilson        65               Director
</TABLE>

         Set forth below is a description  of the  backgrounds of the directors,
executive officers and significant employees of the Company.

         Joseph Y.  Robichaud  has served as a  Director  of the  Company  since
December  1996 and from March 1994 to July 1995.  Mr.  Robichaud  is also on the
board of directors  and serves as the chairman  and chief  executive  officer of
Castor Capital  Corporation.  From 1966 to 1995, Mr. Robichaud was chairman and,
indirectly,  principal  shareholder of Odyssey  Industries,  Inc., which was the
sole shareholder of Associated Freezers of Canada, Inc., an operating company in
the  business of owning and  operating  frozen food  warehousing  facilities  in
Canada and  Australia.  In 1994, a dispute  arose  between  Odyssey and its bank
lender  concerning  currency exchange rates affecting the repayment of Odyssey's
loan.  At the request of the bank, a receiver was  appointed for Odyssey and the
receiver  subsequently  placed  Odyssey into  bankruptcy and sold the profitable
operations of Associated  Freezers of Canada,  Inc. Mr.  Robichaud  received his
Bachelor  of Science  degree in Civil  Engineering  from the  University  of New
Brunswick in 1950. Mr. Robichaud is the brother-in-law of Mr. Tomilson.

         Kenneth  M.  Tomilson  has served as a Director  of the  Company  since
December 1996. Mr. Tomilson is also the president of Castor Capital  Corporation
and has  served in that  position  since  1995.  From 1964 to the  present,  Mr.
Tomilson has served as president of Engineering  Design & Construction  Managers
Ltd. which provides design services,  engineering,  construction supervision and
management  for  low  and  high-rise  residential,   commercial  and  industrial
buildings,  food  processing and  refrigerated  warehousing.  Prior to 1995, Mr.
Tomilson was vice president and a director of Odyssey Industries,  Inc. In 1994,
a dispute arose between Odyssey and its bank lender concerning currency exchange


                                       13

<PAGE>



rates  affecting the repayment of Odyssey's  loan. At the request of the bank, a
receiver was appointed for Odyssey and the receiver  subsequently placed Odyssey
into bankruptcy.  Mr. Tomilson is a member of The Canadian Standards Association
Technical Committee  responsible for setting standards and formulating codes for
mechanical  refrigeration in Canada.  Mr. Tomilson graduated from the University
of New Brunswick with a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering in 1958.
Mr.  Tomilson  is  the   brother-in-law   of  Mr.  Robichaud  and  is  also  the
brother-in-law of Mr. Adams.

         Alton M. Adams has served as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company
since January 1997. Mr. Adams also currently  serves as vice president of Castor
Capital  Corporation,  a position which he has held since  September  1995. From
April  1995 to  April  1996,  Mr.  Adams  served  as  president  of  Polar  Corp
International.  From 1984 to 1995, he served as president of Associated Freezers
of  Canada,  Inc.,  and  during  that  time,  was  also a  director  of  Odyssey
Industries,  Inc.,  which was the sole  shareholder  of  Associated  Freezers of
Canada,  Inc.  In 1994,  a dispute  arose  between  Odyssey  and its bank lender
concerning currency exchange rates affecting the repayment of Odyssey's loan. At
the request of the bank, a receiver was  appointed  for Odyssey and the receiver
subsequently  placed Odyssey into bankruptcy and sold the profitable  operations
of Associated  Freezers of Canada,  Inc. Mr. Adams graduated from the University
of New Brunswick with a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical  Engineering in
1960,  earned a master of science degree in 1963 in Electrical  Engineering from
Queen's  University  and a master  of arts  degree  in  Political  Science  from
Canadian Forces Staff College in 1968.

         Michael A. Oros has served as  President of the Company  since  January
1997.  He also served as its chief  operating  officer  from  January 1997 until
December  1998.  From 1986 until 1996,  Mr. Oros served as  president  and chief
operating  officer  of  Associated  Freezers,  Inc.  Mr.  Oros  is a  member  of
International  Association  of  Refrigerated   Warehousemen,   the  North  Texas
Warehouse  Association,  the American Frozen Food Institute,  the Meat Importers
Council,   the  Southwest  Meat   Association   and  the  National  Frozen  Food
Association.

         James  C.  Williams  has  served  as Vice  President,  Chief  Financial
Officer,  Secretary and Treasurer of the Company since December  1996.  Prior to
that time,  from  October  1995 until April 1997,  Mr.  Williams  served as vice
president  of finance for Castor  Capital  Corporation  and from June 1987 until
October  1995 as the  controller  for  Associated  Freezers of Canada,  Inc. Mr.
Williams is on the Maves  Advisory  Board.  He graduated  from the University of
Waterloo  Co-op  Program  in 1982 with a bachelor  of  mathematics  degree.  Mr.
William's  degree included a major in mathematics and minors in computer science
and accounting.

         Due to  the  broad  experience  of the  Company's  executive  officers,
directors  and key  personnel  in the  refrigerated  warehousing  industry,  the
Company  does not believe that the loss of any one of them would have a material
adverse effect on its business. None of the executive officers currently have an
employment  agreement  with the  Company,  however,  Mr.  Adams has a consulting
contract which automatically renews on an annual basis and provides for a fee of
$8,000 per month for services rendered.

Committees of the Board of Directors

         The Board of Directors does not have any committees at this time.




                                       14

<PAGE>

ITEM 6.           EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

         The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash  compensation paid
by the  Company to its chief  executive  officer  and its two other most  highly
compensated  executive  officers for the fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996. None of the Company's  other officers or directors  received cash
or  non-cash  compensation  in excess of  $100,000  for the  fiscal  year  ended
December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                                                                  Long-Term
                                                                                 Compensation
                                           Annual Compensation                      Awards
    Name and                        ----------------------------------------------------            All Other
Principal Position                  Year     Salary           Bonus                  Options     Compensation(1)
- ----------------------             ------   --------        --------          -------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>              <C>                                   <C>
Mr. Adams                           1998                                                            96,000
Chief Executive Officer             1997                                                            96,000
                                    1996                                                            N/A

Mr. Oros                            1998    100,000           25,000
President                           1997    100,000           25,000
                                    1996      N/A
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
(1)      These amounts were paid pursuant to a consulting contract and were paid
         by the  Company  directly  to Mr.  Adams in 1997 and to Castor  Capital
         Corporation which paid Mr. Adams in 1998.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         In addition to the officers  listed above, Mr. George  Gilman served as
the president  and secretary of Hilltop  Acquisition  Holding  Corporation  from
February  18,  1998 until  December  15, 1998 when it merged  with  Alford.  Mr.
Timothy T. Halter  served as  president  and  secretary  of Hilltop  Acquisition
Holding  Corporation  prior to Mr.  Gilman.  Neither Mr.  Gilman nor Mr.  Halter
received any  compensation  for  services  rendered to Hilltop from 1996 through
1998.

Director Compensation

         Directors who are employees of the Company will not receive  additional
compensation  for serving as directors.  Independent  directors  will receive an
annual fee to be  established  by the Board of  Directors  and a fee of $500 for
attending  each meeting of the Board of Directors or any  committee of the Board
of  Directors.  All  directors  will be reimbursed  for  out-of-pocket  expenses
incurred in attending  meetings and for other expenses incurred in performing in
their capacity as directors.


ITEM 7.           CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         On or about  December 1, 1996,  Alford  entered into an agreement  with
Canfina AG, a company  organized under the laws of Switzerland,  and J. Eichmann
to repay  existing  loans to  Canfina  AG in the  original  principal  amount of
$6,700,000  and to purchase all of the shares of stock of Alford owned by Mr. J.
Eichmann in exchange for $2,000,000.  As of December 1, 1996, Mr. Eichmann owned
5,000 shares (the  equivalent of 3,275,686  shares after the reverse  merger) or
50% of the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of  Alford  (the  "Eichmann
Shares").  On or about December 4, 1997, Alford paid to Mr. Eichmann  $2,000,000



                                       15

<PAGE>



in exchange for rights to the Eichmann  Shares  using funds  obtained  through a
term note and line of  credit.  Alford's  rights  to the  Eichmann  Shares  were
subsequently   transferred  by  Alford  to  Alford's   parent,   Castor  Capital
Corporation,  in exchange for a $2,000,000 note receivable. On or about December
15, 1998, in connection with the merger of Alford with and into the Company, the
Eichmann  Shares were  converted into  3,275,686  shares of the Company,  all of
which are being held in escrow pending the final payment due to Mr.  Eichmann in
December 2001. As of December 31, 1998, the outstanding principal balance on the
note was  $2,350,000.  Castor Capital  Corporation has assumed the liability for
this note.

         On or about February 6, 1998, Alford leased a warehouse  facility in La
Porte,  Texas at market  rates from La Porte  Properties,  LLC, a Texas  limited
liability  company ("La Porte"),  which was a wholly owned subsidiary of Alltemp
Logistical Services,  L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company ("Alltemp").  At
that time, Alltemp was a wholly owned subsidiary of Castor Capital  Corporation.
Effective November 30, 1998, Alltemp was merged with and into Alford.

          In  1997,  Alford  made  two  loans  to  its  parent,  Castor  Capital
Corporation.  On or about September 17, 1997,  Alford loaned Castor  $1,500,000,
and on or about December 4, 1997, Alford loaned Castor $2,000,000. Each of these
loans is  evidenced by a  promissory  note  bearing  interest at a rate of eight
percent per annum. The notes are due December 31, 2000 and December 31, 2002. As
of December 31, 1998, the total amount of principal and interest  payable to the
Company by Castor pursuant to these two notes was $1,676,655.  Mr. Robichaud,  a
Director of the Company,  is the trustee of the Robichaud  Family Trust which is
the sole shareholder of Castor Capital Corporation.

         In 1997 and 1998, Alford paid to Associated Freezers, Inc. an aggregate
of $475,903 for the rights to certain trademarks consisting of a penguin and the
name  Associated  Freezers,  Inc. At that time,  Associated  Freezers,  Inc. was
indirectly owned 100% by Mr. Robichaud.  Effective November 30, 1998, Associated
Freezers,  Inc.  was merged with and into its parent  which was then merged with
and into Alford.

          Engineering Design & Construction  Managers Ltd. ("EDCM") is a company
which  specializes in the design,  construction  and maintenance of refrigerated
warehouse facilities.  EDCM is owned in equal proportions by Mr. Robichaud,  Mr.
Tomilson,  Mr. Adams and Mr. Paul Haines. EDCM has provided maintenance services
to the Company for which it billed the Company on a per diem basis.  The Company
and EDCM are in the process of  formalizing a new  agreement  which they tend to
make effective as of January 1, 1999. Pursuant to this new five year maintenance
contract,  EDCM will provide  professional  engineering and maintenance services
for Alford's four facilities for a fee of $200,000 per year.

         Castor Capital  Corporation owns  approximately  93.6% of the Company's
issued and outstanding  Common Stock. Mr. Robichaud,  a director of the Company,
is the trustee of the  Robichaud  Family  Trust which owns all of the issued and
outstanding stock of Castor Capital Corporation.


ITEM 8.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is a not a party to any legal actions or  proceedings  that
it believes  will have a material  adverse  effect on its  business,  results of
operations or financial position.


ITEM 9.           MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

         There is no public trading market for the Company's securities.


                                       16

<PAGE>



         None of the Company's  securities are subject to outstanding options or
warrants  to  purchase,  or  securities  convertible  into  common  stock of the
Company.  As of March 31, 1999,  [357,343] shares of Common Stock of the Company
could be sold pursuant to Rule 144 (without  registration)  under the Securities
Act, the  offering of which could have a material  effect on the market price of
the Common Stock.

         As of March 31,  1999,  there  were  7,000,715  shares of Common  Stock
issued and outstanding held by approximately 894 holders of record.

         The Company has not paid dividends on its Common Stock and  anticipates
that in 1999 all earnings will be retained to finance the continuing development
of its business.  The Company does not anticipate paying dividends on the Common
Stock  in 1999 but may  consider  paying  dividends  thereafter.  The  Company's
current bank loan  agreement  requires the bank's prior written  consent for the
payment of dividends.


ITEM 10.          RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         Pursuant to the First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization entered into
on July 9, 1996, as modified,  the Company issued an aggregate of 187,701 shares
of Common  Stock to certain of its  creditors  on  various  dates in 1996.  Such
shares were  issued in  accordance  with  Section  1145 under the United  States
Bankruptcy  Code and the  transaction  was  thus  exempt  from the  registration
requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act").

         Effective  December  15,  1998,  the Company  issued to Castor  Capital
Corporation, the sole stockholder of Alford, an aggregate of 6,551,372 shares of
Common Stock in exchange  for an  aggregate of 10,000  shares of common stock of
Alford  pursuant  to the  Merger  Agreement.  Castor  Capital  Corporation  is a
sophisticated,  knowledgeable  investor  able to bear  the  economic  risk of an
investment in these shares of Common Stock.  The Company  relied on Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act because the  transaction did not involve a public offering
and was thus exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. No
underwriters were used in connection this transaction.

         Effective in December 1998, the Company issued to Mr. Art Beroff 92,000
shares of Common  Stock as a finders  fee.  Mr. Art  Beroff is a  sophisticated,
knowledgeable  investor able to bear the economic risk of an investment in these
shares of Common Stock. The Company relied on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
because the  transaction  did not involve a public  offering and was thus exempt
from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act. No underwriters  were
used in connection with this transaction.


ITEM 11.          DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

         The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of
Common Stock and 5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Preferred Stock").


                                       17

<PAGE>




Common Stock

         Each share of Common Stock  entitles the holder  thereof to one vote on
all matters on which  holders are  permitted  to vote.  No  shareholder  has any
preemptive  right or  other  similar  right to  purchase  or  subscribe  for any
additional securities issued by the Company, and no shareholder has any right to
convert  Common  Stock  into  other  securities.  No shares of Common  Stock are
subject to redemption or to any sinking fund provisions.  All of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

         Subject to rights of holders of Preferred Stock, if any, the holders of
shares of Common Stock are entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by the
Board of Directors from funds legally available  therefor and, upon liquidation,
to a pro rata share in any  distribution to  shareholders.  The Company does not
anticipate  declaring or paying any cash  dividends on the Common Stock in 1999.
The  Company's  current bank loan  agreement  requires the bank's prior  written
consent for the payment of dividends.

Preferred Stock

         Pursuant   to  the   Company's   Amended  and   Restated   Articles  of
Incorporation,  the  Board  of  Directors  has the  authority,  without  further
shareholder  approval,  to provide for the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of
Preferred  Stock in one or more series and to  determine  the  dividend  rights,
conversion rights,  voting rights,  rights and terms of redemption,  liquidation
preferences,  the  number  of  shares  constituting  any  such  series  and  the
designation  of such  series.  Because the Board of  Directors  has the power to
establish the preferences  and rights of each series,  it may afford the holders
of any Preferred Stock preferences,  powers and rights (including voting rights)
senior to the rights of the  holders  of Common  Stock.  No shares of  Preferred
Stock are currently  outstanding.  Although the Company has no present intention
to issue shares of Preferred  Stock,  the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock,
or the  issuance  of rights to  purchase  such  shares,  may have the  effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Provisions Having a Possible Anti-takeover Effect

         The Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws  contain  certain
provisions  that are  intended  to enhance  the  likelihood  of  continuity  and
stability in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company and in the
policies formulated by the Board and to discourage certain types of transactions
which may involve an actual or threatened change of control of the Company.  The
provisions  are  designed  to reduce  the  vulnerability  of the  Company  to an
unsolicited  proposal for a takeover of the Company or an  unsolicited  proposal
for the restructuring or sale of all or part of the Company. The provisions also
are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights.

         The  Board  will  have the  authority,  without  further  action by the
shareholders,  to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of the Company's  preferred stock
in one or  more  series  and to fix  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and
restrictions  thereof, and to issue over 42,999,285  additional shares of Common
Stock.  The issuance of the Company's  preferred  stock or additional  shares of
Common  Stock could  adversely  affect the voting power of the holders of Common
Stock and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of the Company.





                                       18

<PAGE>

Limitation of Liability of Directors

         The  Articles of  Incorporation  provide  that,  to the fullest  extent
permitted by  applicable  law, a director of the Company  shall not be liable to
the Company or its  shareholders  for monetary damages for an act or omission in
the  director's  capacity as a director.  This  provision does not eliminate the
duty of care,  and, in  appropriate  circumstances,  equitable  remedies such as
injunctive or other forms of  non-monetary  relief will remain  available  under
Texas law. In addition,  each  director will continue to be subject to liability
for  breach  of the  director's  duty of  loyalty  to the  Company,  for acts or
omissions  not in good faith or involving  intentional  misconduct,  for knowing
violations  of law,  for  actions  leading  to  improper  personal  benefit to a
director and for acts or omissions for which a director is made expressly liable
by  applicable  statute,  such  as  the  improper  payment  of  dividends.   The
limitations on liability  provided for in the Articles of  Incorporation  do not
restrict  the  availability  of  non-monetary  remedies  and  do  not  affect  a
director's  responsibility  under any other law, such as the federal  securities
laws or state or federal  environmental  laws.  The Company  believes that these
provisions  will  assist  the  Company in  attracting  and  retaining  qualified
individuals to serve as executive officers and directors.

         The inclusion of these provision in the Articles of Incorporation,  may
have the effect of reducing the  likelihood  of  derivative  litigation  against
directors and may discourage or deter shareholders or management from bringing a
lawsuit against  directors for breach of their duty of care, even though such an
action,  if  successful,  might  otherwise  have  benefitted the Company and its
shareholders.

Bylaw Provisions and Amendment of Bylaws

         The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  acting  by a  majority  of
directors  then in office,  may fill any vacancy or newly created  directorship,
provided  that  the  Board  of  Directors  may  not  fill  more  than  two  such
directorships between successive annual meetings of the shareholders. The Bylaws
provide  that a special  meeting of the  shareholders  may be called only by the
President,  the Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  or the holders of not less
than ten  percent of all shares  entitled  to vote at such  meeting.  The Bylaws
provide  that the power to amend or repeal  the Bylaws or to adopt new Bylaws is
vested  in  the  Board  of  Directors,  but  is  subject  to  the  right  of the
shareholders to amend or repeal the Bylaws or to adopt new Bylaws.

Transfer Agent

         The Company's transfer agent is Securities Transfer Corporation,  16910
Dallas Parkway, Suite 100, Dallas, Texas 75248.


ITEM 12.          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         The Articles of Incorporation  provide that the Company shall indemnify
any  person  who was,  is or is  threatened  to be made a named  defendant  in a
proceeding  because  the  person  (i) is or was a  director  or  officer  of the
Corporation  or (ii) while a director or officer of the  Corporation,  is or was
serving  as a  director,  officer,  partner,  or other  functionary  of  another
corporation,  partnership  or other  enterprise,  to the  fullest  extent that a
corporation  may grant  indemnification  to a director  under the Texas Business
Corporation  Act.  Article  2.01-1 of the Texas  Business  Corporation  Act (the
"TBCA")  provides  that a  corporation  may  indemnify  any  director or officer
provided that the director or officer (i) conducted  himself in good faith, (ii)
reasonably  believed (a) in the case of conduct in his official  capacity,  that
his conduct was in the  corporation's  best interests or (b) in all other cases,
that his conduct was at least not opposed to the  corporation's  best  interests
and (iii) in the case of any criminal  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause to
believe his conduct was unlawful.  Subject to certain exceptions,  a director or


                                       19

<PAGE>



officer may not be indemnified if the person is found liable to the  corporation
or if the  person is found  liable on the basis  that he  improperly  received a
personal benefit. Under Texas law, reasonable expenses incurred by a director or
officer  may be paid or  reimbursed  by the  corporation  in  advance of a final
disposition  of  the  proceeding  after  the  corporation   receives  a  written
affirmation  by the director or officer of his good faith belief that he has met
the standard of conduct necessary for  indemnification and a written undertaking
by or on  behalf  of the  director  or  officer  to repay  the  amount  if it is
ultimately   determined  that  the  director  or  officer  is  not  entitled  to
indemnification  by  the  corporation.  Texas  law  requires  a  corporation  to
indemnify  an  officer or  director  against  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with a  proceeding  in which he is named a defendant  or  respondent
because he is or was a director or officer if he is wholly successful in defense
of the proceeding.

         Texas law permits a corporation  to purchase and maintain  insurance or
another  arrangement on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer
against  any  liability  asserted  against  him  and  incurred  by him in such a
capacity  or  arising  out of his  status as such a person,  whether  or not the
corporation  would have the power to indemnify him against that liability  under
Article 2.02-1 of the TBCA.  The Company has directors' and officers'  liability
insurance  policies to cover  certain  liabilities  of  directors  and  officers
arising  out of  claims  based on  certain  acts or  omissions  by them in their
capacity as directors or officers.

         The above  discussion  of the TBCA and the Bylaws is not intended to be
exhaustive  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by  such  statute  and  Bylaws,
respectively.





                                       20

<PAGE>



ITEM 13.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

         Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                  F-2
         Consolidated balance sheets                                         F-3
         Consolidated statements of operations                               F-4
         Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity                     F-5
         Consolidated statements of cash flows                               F-6
         Notes to consolidated financial statements                   F-7 - F-19



                                       F-1

<PAGE>

Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants



Board of Directors of
Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.


We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Alford
Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and the related consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the years then ended. These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  on these  financial  statements  based  on our  audits.  The  financial
statements give retroactive  effect to certain mergers which occurred in 1998 as
described in Note 1 to the financial statements.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as  evaluating  the overall  presentation  of the financial
statements.  We  believe  that our  audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated financial position of Alford
Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and the  consolidated  results of their  operations and their cash flows for the
years then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                       /s/ BDO Seidman
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       BDO Seidman, LLP

March 9, 1999
Dallas, Texas


                                       F-2

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                    Note (1)
<S>                                                                    <C>                 <C> 
December 31,                                                                      1998                1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assets


Current
  Cash and cash equivalents (Note 7)                                   $       109,517     $       446,564
  Accounts receivable                                                        2,008,239           1,819,796
  Prepaid expense                                                              250,045             313,281
  Income tax receivable (Note 4)                                                 6,000             133,629
  Escrows (Note 5)                                                             522,072             474,657
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total current assets                                                         2,895,873           3,187,927
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Property, plant and equipment, net (Notes 3 and 5)                          18,757,679          11,525,055
Due from affiliates (Note 2)                                                 2,213,079           4,015,038
Deferred tax asset, net (Note 4)                                               221,961             579,961
Other assets                                                                   454,178             342,357
Deposits                                                                       173,640             178,966
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total assets                                                           $    24,716,410     $    19,829,304
===================================================================================================================


Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity


Current
  Accounts payable                                                     $       555,491     $       439,423
  Property taxes payable                                                       666,747             372,043
  Accrued charges                                                              724,671             862,353
  Notes payable (Note 5)                                                       117,768             144,200
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 5)                              1,072,415             688,130
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total current liabilities                                                    3,137,092           2,506,149
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Deferred revenue                                                               224,308             158,112
Long-term debt, less current maturities (Notes 2 and 5)                     14,396,572          11,851,093
Line of credit (Note 5)                                                      1,549,377             728,165
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total liabilities                                                           19,307,349          15,243,519
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)


Stockholders' equity (Notes 1 and 10):
  Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share;
    5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued                                         -                   -
  Common stock, par value $0.01 per share;
    50,000,000 shares authorized; issued 7,000,715
    in 1998 and 6,552,087 in 1997                                               70,007              65,521
  Additional paid-in capital                                                 5,032,395           5,026,881
  Retained earnings (deficit)                                                  306,659            (506,617)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total stockholders' equity                                                   5,409,061           4,585,785
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                 $24,716,410     $    19,829,304
===================================================================================================================


</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.



                                       F-3

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                                    Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                                  Note (1)

<S>                                                                        <C>             <C> 

Years ended December 31,                                                          1998                1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Warehouse Revenues (Note 7)                                                $17,651,941     $    15,611,406
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Operating Costs and General and Administrative
  Operating costs                                                           11,611,227          10,856,384
  General and administrative expenses                                        1,050,422           1,318,044
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total Operating Costs and General and Administrative                        12,661,649          12,174,428
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Depreciation, Rent and Interest Expenses:
  Depreciation                                                                 776,569             545,732
  Rent                                                                       1,577,129           1,723,553
  Interest                                                                   1,462,318           1,030,789
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Total Depreciation, Rent and Interest Expenses                               3,816,016           3,300,074
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Income Before Income Taxes                                                   1,174,276             136,904

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (Note 4)                                          361,000              (4,593)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Net Income                                                             $       813,276     $       141,497
===================================================================================================================

Basic Earnings Per Share -
  Net income                                                           $          0.12     $          0.02
===================================================================================================================

Weighted Average -
  Common shares used in computing earnings per share                   $     6,572,982     $     6,552,087
===================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.



                                       F-4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                                  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                                                     Note (1)

                                                       Common Stock             Additional          Retained
                                                                                 Paid-in            Earnings       Stockholders'
                                                Shares              Amount       Capital            (Deficit)         Equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>             <C>                <C>               <C>
Balance, January 1, 1997                      6,552,087        $     65,521    $  5,026,881       $   (648,114)     $  4,444,288

  Net income                                          -                   -               -            141,497           141,497
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1997                    6,552,087              65,521       5,026,881           (506,617)        4,585,785

  Issuance of 448,628 shares in
    connection with reverse merger (Note 1)     448,628               4,486           5,514                  -            10,000

  Net income                                          -                   -               -            813,276           813,276
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Balance, December 31, 1998                    7,000,715        $     70,007    $  5,032,395       $    306,659      $  5,409,061
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.



                                       F-5

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                                       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                     Note (1)

                                 Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

Years ended December 31,                                                               1998                1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>
Operating Activities:
  Net income                                                                  $       813,276     $       141,497
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
      Depreciation expense                                                            776,569             545,732
      Deferred income taxes                                                           296,000              (6,593)
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable                                                          (188,443)            (98,230)
        Prepaid expenses                                                              459,058             294,517
        Deposits and escrows                                                          (42,089)           (552,506)
        Income tax receivable                                                         127,629              97,047
        Other assets                                                                  (39,821)           (511,827)
        Accounts payable                                                              116,068             (87,826)
        Property taxes payable                                                        294,704             186,158
        Accrued charges                                                               (37,682)             91,641
        Notes payable                                                                (522,254)           (280,659)
        Deferred revenue                                                               66,196              89,171
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                                 2,119,211             (91,878)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities -
  Capital expenditures                                                             (1,417,965)           (746,579)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Financing Activities:
  Due from affiliates                                                                (798,041)         (3,922,472)
  Funds borrowed                                                                    1,021,212          10,377,729
  Principal payments on debt                                                       (1,261,464)         (5,758,195)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                                (1,038,293)            697,062
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                                            (337,047)           (141,395)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                          446,564             587,959
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                        $       109,517     $       446,564
===================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.



                                       F-6

<PAGE>
                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Alford  Refrigerated
Warehouses, Inc. and consolidated entities (the "Company") have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles,  the most significant
of which are described in Note 1 "Summary of Significant  Accounting  Policies".
These,  along  with  the  remainder  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements,  are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  The
data  presented  in the Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are as of
December  31 of  each  year  and for  the  year  then  ended,  unless  otherwise
indicated.  Certain  balances for 1997 have been  reclassified to conform to the
1998 presentation.  Shares and per share data have been restated for the reverse
stock split  effected  December  1998,  as discussed in the  following  section,
"Description of the Merger with Alford."

1.   Summary of
     Significant
     Accounting
     Policies

     Description of
     the Merger with
     Alford

     Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc., a Texas corporation formerly known as
     Hilltop  Acquisition  Holding  Corporation,  and prior to that,  as Optical
     Acquisition Corp. (the "Company"),  was originally  incorporated in October
     1992 under the laws of the state of Delaware.

     The Company filed a bankruptcy petition on September 21, 1995 and filed the
     First  Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization  (the "Plan") on July 9, 1996.
     The United  States  Bankruptcy  Court for the  Northern  District of Texas,
     Dallas Division (the "Court") entered an order approving the Plan on August
     9,  1996.  The  Plan was  modified  pursuant  to an  order of the  Court on
     February 28, 1997.

     The  Plan  provided  for  the  liquidation  of  the  Company's  assets  and
     distribution of the proceeds to secured,  priority and unsecured creditors.
     The Plan  further  provided  that the Company  would  remain in  existence,
     although all capital stock outstanding as of the Petition Date was canceled
     The Company was reincorporated in the State of Texas in September 1997.

     As  contemplated  in the Plan,  the  Company,  which had no  operations  or
     significant  assets at the time, had undertaken a business strategy to seek
     out and consummate an acquisition or merger transaction.

     On or about December 15, 1998, the Company merged with Alford  Refrigerated
     Warehouses,  Inc.  ("Alford")  pursuant to an Agreement  and Plan of Merger
     dated  November 23, 1998 by and among  Hilltop,  Womack  Gilman  Investment
     Services,  L.C.,  Halter  Financial  Group,  Inc.  and Alford (the  "Merger
     Agreement").  In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement,  Alford
     was the surviving  corporation.  Immediately  prior to the merger,  Hilltop
     amended its Articles of  Incorporation  to effect a reverse  stock split so
     that each  share of  Hilltop's  issued  and  outstanding  common  stock was
     automatically  converted into .625 of a fully paid and nonassessable  share
     of Hilltop's common stock.  Pursuant to the terms of the Merger  Agreement,
     each share of common stock of Alford was automatically


                                       F-7

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


     converted into the right to receive  655.1372 shares of the common stock of
     the Company.  In addition,  the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of
     Alford became the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company,  the
     directors  and officers of Alford  became the directors and officers of the
     Company,   and  the  Company  changed  its  name  to  Alford   Refrigerated
     Warehouses,   Inc.  The   transaction  is  considered  a  reverse   merger.
     Application of reverse merger accounting results in the following:

     1.   The  consolidated  financial  statements  of the  combined  entity are
          issued  under  the  name  of the  legal  parent,  Alford  Refrigerated
          Warehouses,  Inc. (formerly  Hilltop),  but the entity is considered a
          continuation of the legal subsidiary, Alford.

     2.   As Alford is deemed to be the acquirer for  accounting  purposes,  its
          assets and  liabilities  are  included in the  consolidated  financial
          statements of the continuing entity at their carrying values.

     3.   Amounts  presented  for periods  prior to  December  1998 are those of
          Alford, the legal subsidiary. All shares for periods prior to December
          31,  1998,  have been  retroactively  adjusted as if a stock split had
          occurred.

     4.   Costs related to the transaction with the Company were expensed during
          1998.

Merger of
Affiliated
Entities
with Alford

     In November 1998,  certain  affiliated  entities of Alford were merged into
     Alford.  These entities,  including Robco  Industries,  Inc.  ("Robco") and
     Alltemp  Logistical  Services,  LLC  ("Alltemp")  are in the  same  line of
     business as the Company  and, by virtue of their  ultimate  ownership,  are
     considered  to  be  entities   under  common   control  with  the  Company.
     Accordingly,  these  mergers were  accounted  for in a manner  similar to a
     pooling of interests  and the balance  sheets,  statements  of  operations,
     stockholders'  equity and cash flows give retroactive effect to the mergers
     as if they occurred as of the beginning of the earliest  period  presented.
     The operations of Robco and Alltemp are  insignificant to total operations.

Description of
Business and
Revenue
Recognition

     The Company's public warehouse  business  consists of providing  customers,
     which include food  processors,  distributors,  wholesalers  and retailers,
     with temperature  controlled storage services and a full range of logistics
     management  and other  value-added  services such as (i) blast  freezing of
     fresh products, (ii) repackaging and labeling of food products, (iii) order
     picking  and load  consoli  dation,  (iv)  cross  docking  , (v)  container
     handling,  (vi)  importing  and  exporting  services,  (vii) USDA  approved
     storage and inspection  services,  and (viii) Federal Government  inspected
     facility for export.

     The Company is a third party service provider and as such does not purchase
     the  inventory  that it stores.  When the  Company  receives  products  for
     storage,  it provides the customer with a nonnegotiable  warehouse receipt.
     At that time, the customer pays for one month of storage and handling based


                                       F-8

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


     upon the type and amount of product accepted at the beginning of the 30 day
     period.  The prepayment is accounted for as deferred revenue. The Company's
     inventory control system monitors the product by type of product and by lot
     number. In order to remove any product from storage, the customer places an
     order with the Company,  the Company removes the product from the warehouse
     for the customer and provides the customer  with a bill of lading.  Revenue
     is re- cognized ratably throughout the storage period and billed monthly.

     In  addition  to  its  public  warehouse   business,   the  Company  leases
     refrigerated  space to  approximately  28  tenants  who  manage  their  own
     inventory  and  logistics  functions  and utilize  their own  equipment and
     personnel. In almost all cases, the tenant pays all of the expenses, except
     for utilities and property  taxes which are included in the rent. The terms
     of the leases may be month to month or as long as five  years.  The Company
     does not allow  tenants  to make any  special  modifications  to the leased
     space without the Company's prior approval. For the year ended December 31,
     1998,  public  warehouse  customers  represented  over  93  percent  of the
     Company's revenue, the remainder of which was attributable to leased space.

Basis of
Presentation

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of Alford
     Refrigerated  Warehouses,  Inc. and its wholly owned  subsidiaries:  Alford
     Logistical  Services,  Inc.  ("ALS"),   Thermix  Corporation   ("Thermix"),
     Specialty Processing Corporation ("SPC"), Alford Terminal Warehouses,  Inc.
     ("ATW"), Alford Distribution Services, Inc. ("ADS"), Cadiz Properties, Inc.
     ("Cadiz"),   and  La  Porte  Properties,   LLC  ("LPP").  All  intercompany
     transactions and balances have been eliminated.

     Set forth below is  information  with  respect to certain of the  Company's
     properties.  The  industry  measures  space in cubic feet instead of square
     feet  because  cost  projections  include  facility  height to account  for
     refrigeration  and stacked cooled product.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Approximate                               Lease
                             Primary               Size                  Owned/         Expiration
     Location                  Use              (Unaudited)              Lease             Date
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                  <C>                       <C>            <C> 

     Dallas, Texas        Corporate office     24,000,000 cubic          Owned          N/A
                          & Warehouse          feet on 52 acres

     La Porte, Texas      Warehouse            4,500,000 cubic feet      Owned          N/A
                                               on 32.3 acres

     Richardson, Texas    Warehouse            3,200,000 cubic feet      Leased         Dec. 31, 2007
                                               on 12.4 acres

     Fort Worth, Texas    Warehouse            1,550,000 cubic feet      Leased         Jan. 31, 2000
                                               on 13.5 acres
</TABLE>



                                       F-9

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Cash and Cash
Equivalents

     For purposes of reporting the  consolidated  statements of cash flows,  the
     Company considers all highly liquid investments  purchased with an original
     maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Property, Plant
and Equipment

     Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated
     depreciation. The cost of additions and improvements are capitalized, while
     maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.

     Depreciation  of  property,  plant and  equipment is  calculated  using the
     straight-line  method. The estimated  depreciable lives range from three to
     seven years for most machinery and equipment and 31.5 years for buildings.

     Leased  property  meeting  certain  criteria is capitalized and the present
     value  of  the  related   lease   payments  is  recorded  as  a  liability.
     Amortization of capitalized  leased assets is computed on the straight-line
     method over the term of the lease.

     Realization of long-lived assets is periodically assessed by the Company to
     determine  if an  impairment  of  the  carrying  value  of the  assets  has
     occurred.  If impairment  exists,  an impairment  loss is recognized,  by a
     charge against  earnings,  equal to the amount by which the carrying amount
     of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. If impairment of an asset
     is recognized, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced by the amount of
     the impairment, and a new cost for the asset is established.  Such new cost
     is depreciated over the asset's remaining useful life.


Income Taxes

     The Company used the asset and liability approach for accounting for income
     taxes.  Deferred  income taxes are recognized for the tax  consequences  in
     future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
     and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax
     laws and  statutory  tax  rates  applicable  to the  periods  in which  the
     differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are
     established  when  necessary  to reduce  deferred  tax assets to the amount
     expected  to be  realized.  Income tax  expense is the tax  payable for the
     period  and the  change  during  the  period in  deferred  tax  assets  and
     liabilities.

Use
of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
     accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates
     and assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
     and  disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the
     financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
     during  the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from these
     estimates.


Earnings Per
Share

     Income per share is  computed  based upon the  weighted  average  number of
     shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  during  each  year  adjusted  for the
     reverse stock split effected  November 1998. The Company  adopted SFAS 128,
     Earnings Per Share,  effective for 1997.  The adoption had no impact on the
     financial statements of the Company.


                                      F-10

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



2.    Related
      Party
      Transactions

     On  December  1,  1996,  the  Company   entered  into  an  agreement  ("the
     Agreement")  with Canfina AG and J. Eichmann to repay existing loans and to
     purchase Mr. Eichmann's Company stock. The Agreement terms consisted of the
     following:

          $1,700,000 loan repayment to Canfina AG on December 31, 1996

          $3,000,000 loan repayment to Canfina AG on June 11, 1997

          $2,000,000  payment to Mr. Eichmann no later than December 13, 1997 in
          consideration for his shares of Company stock (see below).

          $2,600,000  term  note due  December  2001  secured  by  shares of the
          Company's common stock held in escrow (Note 4).

     The Company made the first payment of $1,700,000 as scheduled. On September
     15, 1997, the Company  modified the Agreement with Mr. Eichmann whereby the
     interest rate on the $2,600,000  note increased from 8 percent to 9 percent
     in exchange for an extension on the due date of the $3,000,000 payment. The
     second payment of $3,000,000 due to Mr. Eichmann was made by use of certain
     proceeds from an $8,100,000  loan from Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
     York.  On December 4, 1997,  the Company paid Mr.  Eichmann  $2,000,000  in
     exchange for rights to his shares in accordance  with the  Agreement  using
     funds  obtained  through a term note and line of credit with Nations Credit
     Commercial  Corporation  (Note  5).  These  rights  were  assigned  to  the
     Company's parent,  Castor Capital Corporation  ("Castor") in exchange for a
     $2,000,000  note  receivable  (see  below).  During  1998,  Castor  assumed
     $2,600,000  of the  aforementioned  amounts due Eichmann as settlement of a
     portion of the notes payable due the Company.

     During 1998, the Company advanced Castor a total of $834,868.  As a part of
     the aforementioned  settlement of the Castor notes payable due the Company,
     $771,509 of these advances were settled.

     On February 5, 1998, the Company loaned an affiliate  $714,362 as evidenced
     by a  promissory  note  payable to the Company at the rate of 8 percent per
     annum due December 31, 1999. During November 1998, the $714,362  receivable
     was eliminated upon the merger of the affiliated entity with Alford.




                                      F-11

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


The Company's due from affiliates consists of the following at December 31, 1998
and 1997:
<S>                                     <C>                                          <C> 

Description                                   1998                                          1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


8% promissory note from Castor,
   secured by 500,000 shares of
   the Company common stock,
   balance of principal and
   accrued interest due December
   31, 2002                             $  1,676,655                                 $   2,007,452

8% unsecured promissory note
   from Castor, balance of
   principal and accrued
   interest due December 31,
   2000                                            -                                     1,534,521

Advances to Castor                           396,424                                       333,065

Advances to affiliate                        140,000                                       140,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                        $  2,213,079                                 $   4,015,038
==================================================================================================
</TABLE>

3.  Property,
    Plant and
    Equipment

     The Company's property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                              1998                                          1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                     <C>                                          <C>

Land                                    $  4,939,136                                 $   4,265,389
Building                                  12,707,043                                     7,183,415
Machinery and equipment                    2,656,873                                     2,036,283
Machinery and equipment
  under capital leases                     1,595,040                                       403,812
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          21,898,092                                    13,888,899
Less accumulated depreciation              3,140,413                                     2,363,844
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total                                   $ 18,757,679                                 $  11,525,055
===================================================================================================================

</TABLE>

Included in  accumulated  depreciation  is $240,385  and $40,500 of  accumulated
depreciation related to machinery and equipment under capital leases at December
31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.





                                      F-12

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements





4.   Income
     Taxes

     Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
     was as follows: 1998 1997

                                                      1998               1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current tax expense                               $   65,000         $    2,000
Deferred tax expense (benefit)                       296,000             (6,593)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total tax expense (benefit)                       $  361,000         $   (4,593)
================================================================================


     A  reconciliation  between the actual  income tax expense and income  taxes
     computed  by applying  the  statutory  federal  income tax rate to earnings
     before income taxes follows:

                                                      1998               1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Computed income taxes, at 34 percent              $  399,000         $   51,000
Change in valuation allowance                              -            (57,593)
Franchise taxes                                       16,000              2,000 
Other, net                                           (54,000)                 -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                  $  361,000         $   (4,593)
================================================================================

     The net deferred tax asset is partially  offset by a deferred tax liability
     which  consists   primarily  of  the   difference   between  book  and  tax
     depreciation on property, plant and equipment. Differences between book and
     tax depreciation were  approximately  $2,763,000 and $3,081,000 at December
     31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The deferred tax liability was calculated
     at the federal tax rate of 34 percent.

     The net deferred tax asset includes amounts relating to the carryforward of
     prior year net operating  losses (NOL) which have expiration  dates ranging
     from 2003  through  2006.  At December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company had
     potential NOL  carryforwards  of  approximately  $8,332,000 and $9,703,000,
     respectively. A valuation allowance of $1,676,000 exists for both years for
     NOL  carryforwards  not  anticipated  to  be  realized  before  expiration.
     Management believes realization of the entire net asset is more likely than
     not  based on  future  income  projections.  The  deferred  tax  asset  was
     calculated at the federal tax rate of 34 percent.




                                      F-13

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


5.   Notes
     Payable,
     Long-Term
     Debt, and
     Line of
     Credit

     Notes  payable  consist of various  notes due to  insurers  with  principal
     totaling $117,768 and $144,200 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
     The notes accrue interest at various rates;  principal and interest are due
     monthly.

     The Company's long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


  Description                                                                              1998                     1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                      <C>

8.4% Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company  of New York  note,  monthly  payments  of
  principal and interest of $69,782,  remaining balance of principal and accrued
  interest due October,  2007,  secured by the land and improvements and certain
  other property and equipment   at the Company's Cadiz Street facility.             $     7,908,283          $    8,073,745

8.36% Amresco Capital, L.P. note, monthly  payments of principal and interest of
  $42,974, remaining balance of principal and interest due March, 2008,  secured
  by the land and improvements and  certain other property  and equipment at the
  Company's La Porte, Texas facility.                                                      5,355,641                       -

Obligations under capital leases, maturity dates ranging from 1999 through 2002.

Nations  Credit  Commercial  Corporation  term  note,  prime  plus 5% (12.75% at
  December  31,  1998),  monthly  principal  payments  of $20,119  plus  accrued
  interest,  remaining  principal  and accrued  interest  due  December 3, 2001,
  secured by selected equipment and guaranties from Castor, ALS, Thermix,
  SPC, ATW, and ADS.                                                                         965,760               1,207,160

Other                                                                                        152,799                 238,843

9% J. Eichmann note, quarterly principal  payments from second  to fifth year of
   $62,500, remaining principal and  accrued interest due December 2001, secured
   by common stock held in escrow (Note 2).                                                        -               2,600,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          15,468,987              12,539,223
Current maturities                                                                        (1,072,415)               (688,130)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         $14,396,572             $11,851,093
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>




                                      F-14

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Maturities of long-term debt follows:

Year ended December 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1999                             $      1,072,415
2000                                      814,894
2001                                    1,020,587
2002                                      445,376
2003                                      350,639
Thereafter                             11,765,076
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                $      15,468,987
================================================================================


     Included  in the above  maturities  of  long-term  debt are  capital  lease
     principal  payments of  approximately  $443,000 in 1999,  $280,000 in 2000,
     $241,000 in 2001 and $123,000 in 2002.

     The Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan") note requires the
     establishment of certain escrow  accounts.  Morgan restricts the use of the
     funds to the  designated  purpose of the  accounts in  accordance  with the
     terms of the note.

     The loan agreement with Nations Credit Commercial  Corporation  ("Nations")
     contains various restrictive covenants. Certain covenants were in technical
     default at December 31, 1998. The Company  obtained  waivers  pertaining to
     these  defaults  from Nations  permitting  the payments  made to affiliates
     during  1998 and the  capital  additions  in excess of allowed  limits,  as
     restricted by the loan agreement.

     Effective  January 1, 1998,  Castor assumed the $2,600,000  note payable to
     Eichmann  (see Note 2). The Company  guaranteed  the  repayment of the note
     payable to Eichmann.

     The Company has a line of credit with Nations Credit Commercial Corporation
     which  provides up to  $2,500,000  through  December 3, 2001 at prime (7.75
     percent at December 31, 1998) plus 5 percent.  Interest is payable monthly,
     and all unpaid but accrued  interest and principal is due at maturity.  The
     line of credit is secured by guaranties  from Castor,  ALS,  Thermix,  SPC,
     ATW, and ADS.

 6.  Commitments
     and
     Contingencies

     The Company rents certain real estate and equipment under operating leases.
     The leases do not provide for any  significant  renewals;  and,  except for
     insignificant  leases, there are no existing purchase options. Rent expense
     was  $1,577,129  and  $1,723,553  for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
     1997, respectively.

     Future minimum rental payments  required under  operating  leases that have
     initial or  remaining  noncancelable  lease  terms in excess of one year at
     December 31, 1998, were:





                                      F-15

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Year ended December 31,              Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1999                              $  881,130
2000                                 630,384
2001                                 600,000
2002                                 600,000
2003                                 600,000
Thereafter                         2,400,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 $ 5,711,514
================================================================================

     From time to time, in the normal course of business, the Company is a party
     to various  matters of  litigation.  Management  is of the opinion that the
     eventual  resolution  of these  matters  will not have a  material  adverse
     effect on the Company.

     The Company has  guaranteed an obligation of Castor to Mr. J. Eichmann (see
     Note 5). At December 31,  1998,  this  obligation  totaled  $2,350,000.  No
     liability  has been recorded in the  financial  statements  related to this
     guarantee.

     The Company has entered  into a Purchase  and Sale  Agreement  for the Fort
     Worth  facility  for  $3,000,000.  The  Company  expects  to  complete  the
     transaction in the second quarter of 1999 and is currently negotiating with
     a  potential  lender to provide  financing.  The  Company  has  executed an
     "Exclusive Option Contract" for the purchase of the Richardson facility for
     $6,000,000.  The  option  period  will  expire on  February  22,  2000.

7.   Concentration
     of Credit Risk

     At December 31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company had bank  deposits in excess of
     federally   insured   limits  of   approximately   $45,000  and   $134,000,
     respectively.

     The Company  derived 12 and 10 percent of its revenue  from two  customers,
     respectively,  in 1997.  During 1998, no single customer  provided  greater
     than 10 percent of the Company's revenues. The Company closely monitors the
     creditworthiness of its customers and does not believe that it is dependent
     upon any single customer.

8.  Supplemental
    Cash Flow
    Information

     Cash paid for  interest  during the years ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997
     was  approximately  $1,385,000  and $800,000,  respectively.  Cash paid for
     income  taxes  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  1998  and 1997 was
     approximately $6,000 and $-0-, respectively.

     Noncash  investing and financing  activity during 1998 and 1997 consists of
     the following:



                                      F-16

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                1998                   1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>       


Financing of various insurance policies
      (Note 5)                               $   395,822         $   418,022

Capitalization of leased assets and
      obligations (Note 5)                     1,191,228             403,812

Debt reduction in exchange for receivable
      reduction (Note 2)                       2,600,000                   -

Assumption of debt related to acquisition
      of property, plant and equipment in
      LaPorte, Texas                           5,400,000                   -

Issuance of common shares for services,
      pursuant to merger agreement                10,000                   -
</TABLE>

9.    Rental
      Income
      Under
      Operating
      Leases

     The Company's  operations  include the leasing of space to third parties in
     their commercial warehouses.  The following is a schedule of minimum future
     rental income on non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 1998:

     Year ended December 31,           Amount
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999                             $  519,262
2000                                 99,215
2001                                 73,685
2002                                 39,600
2003                                  3,300
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 $  735,062
================================================================================

10.   Description
      of
      Securities

     Each share of Common Stock  entitles the holder  thereof to one vote on all
     matters on which  holders are  permitted to vote.  No  shareholder  has any
     preemptive  right or other  similar  right to purchase or subscribe for any
     additional  securities  issued by the Company,  and no shareholder  has any
     right to convert  Common Stock into other  securities.  No shares of Common
     Stock are subject to redemption or to any sinking fund  provisions.  All of
     the outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

     Subject to rights of holders of  Preferred  Stock,  if any,  the holders of
     shares of Common Stock are entitled to dividends  when,  as and if declared
     by the Board of Directors from funds legally  available  therefor and, upon
     liquidation,  to a pro rata share in any distribution to shareholders.  The
     Company does not  anticipate  declaring or paying any cash dividends on the
     Common  Stock in 1999.  The Company must obtain  approval  from its lenders
     prior to paying  dividends  in order to remain in  compliance  with various
     loan covenants.

     Pursuant to the Company's  Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation,
     the Board of Directors  has the authority to provide for the issuance of up



                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


     to  5,000,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  in one or more  series  and to
     determine the dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and
     terms  of  redemption,   liquidation  preferences,  the  number  of  shares
     constituting  any such series and the  designation of such series.  Because
     the Board of  Directors  has the power to  establish  the  preferences  and
     rights of each  series,  it may afford the holders of any  Preferred  Stock
     preferences,  powers and rights  (including  voting  rights)  senior to the
     rights of the holders of Common  Stock.  No shares of  Preferred  Stock are
     currently   outstanding.

11.  Segment
     Information 

     Alford   Refrigerated   Warehouses,   Inc.  has  four  reportable  segments
     consisting  of one cold  storage  public  warehouse in each  segment.  Each
     warehouse is identified  and referred to by the city in which the warehouse
     is located:  Dallas,  Richardson,  Fort Worth and La Porte.  The reportable
     segments  are  strategic  business  units which are managed  separately  as
     independent profit centers. The services from which each reportable segment
     derives its revenues are  fundamentally  the same, the storage and handling
     of refrigerated product.

     The accounting  policies of the segments are the same as those described in
     the  summary of  significant  accounting  policies.  The  Company  measures
     segment profit as income before income taxes and extraordinary items. There
     are no intersegment sales or transfers.

     The  "Other"  category  includes  results  from  a  location  which  ceased
     operations in November 1998 and expenses for the corporate  office.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal year ended                                                                                     Consolidated
December 31, 1998        Dallas      Richardson  Ft. Worth      La Porte      Subtotal        Other      Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>


Revenues               $ 9,411,480  $ 2,264,779  $ 1,110,884   $2,771,127   $15,558,270  $ 2,093,671  $17,651,941

Depreciation and
  amortization             451,867       12,591       15,433      254,624       734,515       42,054      776,569

Interest expense         1,029,172            -            -      414,425     1,443,597       18,721    1,462,318

Rent expense                     -      818,217      267,500       20,000     1,105,717      471,413    1,577,130

Segment profit           1,500,682      213,996      120,465       15,012     1,850,155     (675,879)   1,174,276

Segment gross property,
  plant and equipment   13,849,675      323,940      294,661    6,818,201    21,286,477      611,615   21,898,092

</TABLE>


                                      F-18

<PAGE>


                                       ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

                                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal year ended                                                                                     Consolidated
December 31, 1998        Dallas      Richardson  Ft. Worth      La Porte      Subtotal        Other      Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>



Revenues               $ 8,129,544  $ 1,899,151  $ 1,005,607   $2,500,846   $13,535,148  $ 2,076,258  $15,611,406

Depreciation and
  amortization             388,035       15,204       43,112       42,328       488,679       57,053      545,732

Interest expense           815,864            -            -        2,570       818,434      212,355    1,030,789

Rent expense                     -      622,117      225,000      426,436     1,273,553      450,000    1,723,553

Segment profit             802,032      127,413       67,454      (64,734)      932,165     (795,261)     136,904

Segment gross property,
  plant and equipment   12,564,663      286,042      291,173      137,325    13,279,203      609,696   13,888,899

</TABLE>

12.   Fair Value
      of Financial
      Instruments

     The methods and  assumptions  used to estimate the fair value of each class
     of financial instrument are as follows:

     Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, certain other current assets,
     notes payable,  accounts payable, and current maturities of long-term debt.
     The carrying  amounts  approximate fair value because of the short maturity
     of these instruments.

     Long-term receivables. The fair value of long-term receivables was based on
     discounted cash flows or other specific instrument analysis.

     The carrying  amounts and fair values of long-term notes receivable were as
     follows:

     December 31,                      1998               1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Carrying amount                 $   1,676,655       $    3,541,973
Fair value                          1,615,000            3,412,000
================================================================================


     Long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company's bank borrowings under
     its revolving credit agreement approximates fair value because the interest
     rate is based on floating  rates  identified  by reference to market rates.
     The fair values of the Company's  other  long-term debt either  approximate
     carrying value or are estimated  based on quoted market prices for the same
     or similar  issues or on the current  rates offered to the Company for debt
     of the same remaining maturities.

     The carrying amounts and fair values of long-term debt at December 31, 1998
     and 1997 were as follows:

December 31,                      1998                    1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Carrying amount                $14,396,572            $11,851,093
Fair value                      14,253,000             11,700,000
================================================================================




                                      F-19

<PAGE>



ITEM 14.          CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.


ITEM 15.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

         (a) The  financial  statements  filed  as  part  of  this  Registration
Statement in Item 13 are listed in the Index to Financial  Statements  contained
in such Item.

         (b) The following  documents are filed as exhibits to this Registration
Statement:

               2.1  First  Amended  Joint Plan of  Reorganization  dated July 9,
                    1996 as modified and  clarified to date.

               2.2  Agreement and Plan of Merger dated  November 23, 1998 by and
                    between  Hilltop  Acquisition  Holding  Corporation,  Womack
                    Gilman  Investment  Services,  L.C., Halter Financial Group,
                    Inc. and Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.

               3(i) Restated Articles of Incorporation (with amendments)*

               3(ii)Amended and Restated Bylaws*

               4.1  Form of Common Stock Certificate

               10.1 Fixed Rate Note  dated  September  15,  1997  between  Cadiz
                    Properties,  Inc., and Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of New
                    York

               10.2 Fixed  Rate Note  dated  February  6, 1998  between La Porte
                    Properties, L.L.C., and Amresco Capital, L.P.

               10.3 Consulting  Agreement  dated January 1, 1997 between  Alford
                    Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc. and Alton M. Adams, P. Eng.

               10.4 Purchase and Sale Agreement executed on or about January 19,
                    1999 between Alford Refrigerated  Warehouses,  Inc. and Fort
                    Worth Cold Storage Holdings, Inc.

               10.5 Consulting  Agreement  dated March 29, 1999  between  Alford
                    Refrigerated  Warehouses,  Inc. and  Engineering  Design and
                    Construction Managers Limited

               21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company.

               27   Financial Data Schedule

______________________
     *Filed previously with 10-SB


                                       40

<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE


         In  accordance  with  Section  12 of the  Securities  Act of 1934,  the
Company  caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.



By: /s/ James C. Williams                                   Date: April 26, 1999
   -------------------------------
         James C. Williams
         Chief Financial Officer



                                       41




                                   Exhibit 2.1

Jay W. Ungerman
State Bar No. 20393000
UNGERMAN & UNGERMAN, P.C.
2515 McKinney Ave.
Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75201
Telephone:                 (214) 747-3536
Facsimile:                 (214) 747-0068

ATTORNEYS FOR DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION

                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                       FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
                                 DALLAS DIVISION

IN RE:                                 ss.
                                       ss.
OCA ACQUISITIONS, INC., NOW            ss.   CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11
KNOWN AS OPTICAL CORPORATION           ss.
OF AMERICA,                            ss.
                                       ss.
         DEBTOR                        ss.
                                       ss.
IN RE:                                 ss.
                                       ss.
BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC.,              ss.   CASE NO. 395-35857-RCM-11
                                       ss.
         DEBTOR                        ss.
                                       ss.
IN RE:                                 ss.
                                       ss.
SUPERIOR OPTICAL COMPANY, INC.         ss.   CASE NO. 395-36572-RCM-11
                                       ss.
         DEBTOR                        ss.   JOINTLY ADMINISTERED UNDER
                                       ss.   CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11          

               DEBTORS' FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
               ---------------------------------------------------

         OCA ACQUISITION, INC.,  NOW KNOWN AS  OPTICAL CORPORATION  OF  AMERICA,
("Optical Corporation") BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC. ("Benson") AND SUPERIOR OPTICAL


                                        1

<PAGE>



COMPANY, INC. ("Superior") are corporations that filed for relief under Title 11
of the U.S.  Code in 1995.  Since the  bankruptcy  Court on  November  21,  1995
ordered that Superior has been  consolidated  with Benson for all purposes,  the
remaining  corporate  Debtors,   Optical  Corporation  and  Benson  (hereinafter
collectively the "Debtors"),  propose the following Joint Plan of Reorganization
(hereinafter referred to as "Plan")

                                    PREAMBLE

         This Plan is a  liquidating  plan under  Chapter  11 of the  Bankruptcy
Code.  Distributions  under the Plan will be made from the  proceeds of sales of
the Debtors'  assets,  from recoveries on certain causes of action which will be
prosecuted by the Plan  Proponents  and from the Stock  Issuance of the Debtors.
The Plan provides for the collection,  liquidation and distribution to creditors
of all property of the Debtors and issuance of stock in the Reorganized  Debtor.
The Plan provides for the conveyance of all assets of each of the Debtors into a
single liquidating Trust, the unitary treatment of claims all of the Debtors and
the issuance of 37.5% of the stock of each of the Debtors: a) 32.5% to creditors
of all of the  Debtors  based on their  cumulative  Pro Rata  Allowed  Unsecured
Claim; and b) 5% to the shareholders of the Debtors. This treatment represents a
compromise and settlement under F.B.R.P. 9019 of any and all causes of action by
and between the Debtors  and any party in interest  concerning  any  allegations
that the Debtors should be  substantively  consolidated  or that the Debtors are
the alter egos or  instrumentalities of each other and hence each liable for the
debts of the other. The Proponents believe that the Plan offers the best vehicle
for  implementing  in the most efficient and economical  manner a liquidation of
the Debtors'  assets and  distribution of the proceeds to their  Creditors.  The
Proponents  encourage all holders of claims  against each of the Debtors to vote
in favor of the Plan.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE I.

                                   Definitions
                                   -----------

         For the  purposes  of this Plan,  the  following  terms  shall have the
following meanings unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

         1.1 Administrative Claim. A claim Allowed under ss.330,  503(b), or 507
of the Code that is entitled to Priority and payment under Section  507(a)(1) of
the Code.

         1.2  Allowed  Claim.  Means,  respectively,  (a) any Claim  against the
Debtors,  proof of which  was  filed on or  before  the date  designated  by the
Bankruptcy  Court as the last date for filing proofs of Claim in connection with
these Chapter 11 Cases and which Claim is not a Disputed Claim;  (b) if no proof
of Claim is  filed,  any  Claim  which  has been or  hereafter  is listed in the
schedules of  liabilities  filed by the Debtors as  liquidated in amount and not
disputed  or  contingent,  and,  in either  case,  which Claim is not a Disputed
Claim;  or (c) any  claim  which  has  been  Allowed  by a Final  Order.  Unless
otherwise  specified  in this Plan,  "Allowed  Claim" shall not, for purposes of
computation  of  distribution  under the Plan,  include  interest on any Allowed
Claim from and after the Petition Date.

         1.3 Bar Date. The last day for filing claims in these  proceedings  was
60 days after rejection of leases for landlord claims; February 4, 1996, for all
other  administrative  claims,  except as to Halter Financial Group,  Inc.; and,
January 22, 1996, for all other claims.

         1.4 Code. The United States  Bankruptcy  Code and being Title 11 of the
United States Bankruptcy Code as enacted in 1978 and as amended.

         1.5 Confirmation Date.  The date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters
the Confirmation Order on its docket.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         1.6  Confirmation  Order.  The order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming
the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

         1.7  Consummation of the  Plan.  When all  of the requirements  of 'the
Plan are met. The Consummation of the Plan can not occur until after substantial
consummation  as that term is defined in 11 U. S. C. ss.  1101 (2) and will only
occur upon the Consummation of the Plan Date.

         1.8  Consummation  of the Plan Date.  The date fifteen (15) months from
the Effective Date of the Plan by which a reverse merger or reverse  acquisition
must have been  completed as to each specific  Debtor or the discharge set forth
under 11 U.S.C. ss. 1141 (d)(3) will be deemed to have not been achieved and the
stock issued herein is deemed  canceled and void.  Upon the  Consummation of the
Plan Date being achieved as to each Debtor,  any and all claims by creditor's as
to a default  under the Plan,  can only be  asserted  against  the Trust that is
established by the Plan.

         1.9  Creditor.  Any party or entity having a claim against the Debtors,
including  but  not  limited  to  the  following:  Secured  Creditors,  Priority
Creditors,  Unsecured  Creditors and Equity Interest Owners as herein  elsewhere
defined.

         1.10 Debtors.  OCA Acquisition,  Inc., Now Known as Optical Corporation
of America;  Benson Optical Co., Inc.  Superior  Optical  Company,  Inc has been
substantively  consolidated  with  Benson and its  creditors  will be treated as
creditors of Benson in accordance with this Court's order of November 21, 1995.

         1.11 Disputed  Claim.  Means (a) any Claim or portion of a Claim (other
than an Allowed Claim) which is scheduled by the Debtors as disputed, contingent
or  unliquidated,  or (b) a Claim  proof of which  has been  filed  pursuant  to
Section 501 (a)  of the Bankruptcy  Code as unliquidated or contingent, or (c) a


                                        4

<PAGE>



Claim,  proof of  which  has  been  filed  pursuant  to  Section  501 (a) of the
Bankruptcy  Code and as to which an objection to the allowance  thereof has been
interposed within any time limitation fixed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court,
or by this Plan, which objection has not been settled or determined, in whole or
in part,  by an Order of the  Bankruptcy  Court which Order has not been stayed,
modified or reversed.

     1.12 Effective  Date.  Means the business day following the eleventh (11th)
day after the  Confirmation  Order is  entered,  provided  that in the event the
Confirmation   Order  has  been  stayed  on  appeal  by  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction, the Effective Date shall mean the first Business Day following the
date such stay is lifted or dissolved by a court of competent jurisdiction.

     1.13 Equity Interest Owners. The shareholders of the Debtors.

     1.14 Halter  Financial  Group,  Inc. or HFG. Means the corporation  that in
exchange for taking  payment of its  administrative  expense claim of $17,500 in
each  Debtor's  case and the  requirements  set forth in Section V. of the Plan,
will receive 62.5% of the Stock Issuance of each Debtor.  HFG's  principal,  Tim
Halter,  will,  after the  Effective  Date,  become the President of each of the
Debtors.  HFG, as the owner of 62.5% of each of the Debtors, will be responsible
for  securing a reverse  merger or reverse  acquisition  partner as set forth in
this Plan as to each of the Debtors.

     1.15  Lipshy  Loan.  A loan in an amount  not to exceed  $100,000.00  to be
borrowed by the Creditors Trust for payment of attorneys and  professional  fees
for services  provided to the Creditors Trust with respect to its prosecution of
the litigation  against Benson Eyecare Corp. and/or its related entities and any
other  litigation  which may be brought by the Creditors  Trust on behalf of the
Debtors' Estates. Listed below is an outline of the terms of the loan:


                                        5

<PAGE>



     a.   Purpose:  Attorneys' fees and expenses for maintenance of lawsuits and
          other  avoidance  claims by the Debtors  against  Benson Eyecare Corp.
          and/or its related entities;

     b.   Loan Amount: Up to $100,000.00;

     c.   Interest: None;

     d.   Repayment  Terms:   Upon  receipt  of  proceeds  of  any  judgment  or
          settlement of any claims;

          i.   Lipshy to receive first $50,000.00;

          ii.  Lipshy and the Creditors Trust to split next $100,000.00 on 50/50
               basis;

          iii. Creditors Trust to receive the next $400,000.00;

          iv.  Lipshy and the Creditors  Trust to split all remaining  proceeds,
               25% to Lipshy and 75% to Creditors Trust, subject to a maximum to
               Lipshy of an additional $100,000.00;

     e.   Miscellaneous:

          i.   Creditors  Trust agrees to diligently  pursue such claims against
               Benson Eyecare Corp. and/or its related entities;

          ii.  Lipshy  shall  waive  his  unsecured  Class 5 claim  against  the
               Debtor;

          iii. Loan   documents   shall  contain  terms   acceptable  to  Lipshy
               including,  but not  limited  to, a release  by the  Debtors  and
               Creditors  Trust  to  Lipshy  and  his  affiliates,  accountants,
               attorneys and consultants, of any and all claims, if any; and,

          iv.  Prior to Confirmation of the Plan, all loan draws to be made upon
               agreed order of the Court or upon Motion to the Court with notice
               to Lipshy within 10 days following  approval of fees and expenses
               by the Bankruptcy Court;  following  Confirmation of the Plan, in
               accordance with the Plan terms.

     1.16 Plan. This Joint Plan of Reorganization,  including any modifications,
amendments or corrections.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         1.17 Post Confirmation  Debtors.  The Debtors,  each of which will have
their  corporate  names  changed,   post   confirmation,   as  follows  "Optical
Corporation"  will become "Optical  Acquisition  Corp." and "Benson" will become
"Eyecare Acquisition Corp." Their respective states of incorporation are subject
to being changed. The officers and directors of the Post Confirmation Debtors is
set forth in the Plan.

         1.18 Priority Creditor.  A creditor having an Allowed claim entitled to
Priority pursuant to Section 330, 503(b), or 507 of the Code.

         1.19 Pro Rata. Means  proportionately,  so that the ratio of the amount
of the  distribution  made on  account  of a  particular  Allowed  Claim  to the
distributions  made on account of all  Allowed  Claims of the Class in which the
particular  Allowed  Claim is included is the same as the ratio of the amount of
such particular Allowed Claim to the total amount of Allowed Claims of the Class
in which such particular Allowed Claim is included.

         1.20 Secured Creditor. Any creditor whose claim has been Allowed by the
Court as having a lien against property of the Debtors.

         1.21  Stock  Issuance.  Means  the  issuance  of stock by the  Debtors,
Optical  Corporation,  and  Benson,  Pro Rata to the  holders of Class 5 Allowed
Unsecured  Claims and Class 6 equity  interest  owners under Section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code.

         1.22  Substantial Consummation.  Means the requirements set forth inss.
1101 (2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

         1.23  Trust or Creditors Trust.  Means the Trust established for the
benefit of Creditors pursuant to Article VI of the Plan.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         1.24 Trustee.  The individual,  Alan Katz, appointed under Article 6 of
the Plan as a Trustee  of the  Trust to  administer  the  Trust  and  distribute
Property to Creditors.

         1.25 Statement of Financial Affairs. The Statement of Financial Affairs
and Schedules of Assets and Liabilities and amendments  thereto on file with the
Bankruptcy Court in this proceeding by the Debtors.

         1.26 Unsecured Creditor. Any person or entity including trade creditors
having an Allowed  claim  against the Debtors that has not been  designated as a
Priority or Secured Creditor by the Debtors, nor whose claim has been Allowed by
the Court as a Priority or secured claim.

                                   ARTICLE II.

                           Classification of Creditors
                           ---------------------------

         In accordance  with section  1123(a)(1)  of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  all
Claims and  Interests,  except  Administrative  Claims  under 11 U.S.C.  Section
507(a)(1) and Claims of governmental  units under 11 U.S.C.  Section  507(a)(8),
are hereby classified as set forth below.

         The Creditors of the Debtors are  divided into the following Classes of
Claims:

                  Class 1:         The Allowed Priority Claims of Employees.
                  -------

                  Class 2:         The Allowed Priority Claims for contributions
                  -------          to the Debtors' employee benefit plan.

                  Class 3:         The Allowed Priority Claims of individuals
                  -------          arising from a deposit.

                  Class 4:         The Allowed claims of Secured Creditors.
                  -------

                  Class 5:         The Allowed non-Priority claims of Unsecured
                  -------          Creditors.

                  Class 6:         The Equity Interest Owners of the Debtors.
                  -------


                                        8

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III.

                              Treatment of Classes
                              --------------------

Treatment of Unclassified Claims.

         3.1 Each  holder of an  Allowed  Administrative  Claim  under 11 U.S.C.
Section  507(a)(1)  shall  receive  cash  equal to the  Allowed  amount  of such
Administrative  Claim (unless the holder of such Administrative  Claim agrees to
other  treatment) from the assets of the Debtors,  either within sixty (60) days
after the Effective  Date or 30 days after they become Allowed or in the case of
professional  fees on the  eleventh  (11th)  day  after  the  entry  of an order
allowing said professional fees. All professionals  shall file their application
for payment of fees with in 30 days after the Effective Date.

         3.2  Administrative  Claims of HFG will be paid in accordance  with the
promissory  notes  executed  by the  each of the  Debtors  or HFG may  take  the
treatment set forth herein to receive 62.5% of the Stock Issuance of each of the
Debtors in full satisfaction of its Administrative  Claims, by notifying counsel
for the Debtors and counsel for the Committee, in writing, with in 10 days prior
to the hearing date set for the Confirmation of the Plan.

         3.3 All Allowed Priority Claims under 11 U.S.C.  Section  507(a)(8) for
taxes  owed  to any  governmental  unit  shall  be  paid  in  full,  as  soon as
practicable after the Effective Date once the payment of Allowed  Administrative
Claims and  Classes 1 - 3 have been made,  but in no event  later than six years
after the  assessment of such tax. Any tax liens against the Property which were
recorded  prior to the Petition Date will be  discharged  and released upon full
payment of the Claims for taxes which such liens secure.


                                        9

<PAGE>



Treatment of Classified Claims.

         3.4 Class 1: The  Allowed  Class 1  Priority  Claims of  Employees  are
impaired  under  the  Plan and  shall be paid  their  Pro  Rata  share,  without
interest,  of any sums  remaining  after payment of all sums  determine to be or
agreed to be due and owing to Allowed  Administrative Claims. They shall be paid
up to the full amount of their  Allowed  Priority  claim to the extent that said
claims  do not  exceed  $4,000.00.  Any sum in excess  of  $4,000.00  owed to an
individual  Class 2 Claimant  shall be Allowed as a Class 5 Unsecured  Claim and
treated as such under this Plan.

         3.5 Class 2: The Allowed Priority Claim of Class 2 for contributions to
the Debtors'  employee benefit plan is impaired and shall be paid up to the full
amount of its Allowed Priority Claim,  without interest,  as soon as practicable
after the payment of all sums due and owing to Allowed Administrative Claims and
Class 1 or through the establishment of appropriate reserves for such payment.

         3.6 Class 3: The Allowed Priority Claims of Class 3 individuals arising
from a deposit  are  impaired  under  the Plan and shall be paid  their Pro Rata
share, without interest, of any sums remaining after payment of all sums due and
owing to  Allowed  Administrative  Claims  and  Classes 1 and 2 or  through  the
establishment of appropriate  reserves for such payment..  They shall be paid up
to the full  amount of their  Allowed  Priority  claim to the  extent  that said
claims  do not  exceed  $1,800.00.  Any sum in excess  of  $1,800.00  owed to an
individual  Class 3 Claimant,  shall be Allowed as a Class 5 Unsecured Claim and
treated as such under this Plan.


                                       10

<PAGE>



         3.7 Class 4: The Allowed  Secured  Claims of Class 4 are unimpaired and
shall  receive  their  collateral  in full  satisfaction  of their  claims.  The
unsecured  portion of the claim of a holder of an Allowed  Secured  Claim  shall
receive the treatment set forth in Class 5.

         3.8 Class 5: The Allowed Unsecured Claims of Class 5 are impaired under
the Plan and shall be paid their Pro Rata share,  without interest,  of any sums
remaining  after  payment  of all sums due and owing to  Allowed  Administrative
Claims and Classes 1, 2, and 3 or the establishment of appropriate  reserves for
such payment.  The holders of Allowed  Unsecured Claims will also receive,  from
the Trust,  as  nominee  holder of 32.5% of the Stock  Issuances  of each of the
Debtors a Pro Rata share of said 32.5% of the newly  issued stock of each of the
Post  Confirmation  Debtors.  Any such holder may elect not to take its Pro Rata
share of the newly issued stock of the Debtor when voting on the Plan.  Any such
holder who elects not to accept the  tendered  stock,  shall have their Pro Rata
share  redistributed  to all of the other holders of Class 5 Claims . There is a
requirement, however, that there be at least 225 members of this class that have
elected to accept the tender of the shares in the Post Confirmation  Debtors set
forth  herein.  If that number would  otherwise be reached,  then those  ballots
received in the mail or by fax latest in time will not be able to so elect until
such time as the minimum  has been  reached.  The number may be adjusted  due to
subsequent votes in favor of the plan. Any holder of an allowed Class 5 who does
not vote on the  confirmation  of this Plan will be deemed to have  accepted the
tendered referenced above and will be considered as so voting in the calculation
of the  ability  of those who do vote,  but who elect to not  accept  the tender
above  referenced.  IF THE VOTES THAT ARE CAST IN THIS CLASS CAUSE THIS CLASS TO
ACCEPT THE PLAN, IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE STANDARDS FOR  ACCEPTANCE BY A CLASS AS



                                       11

<PAGE>



SET FORTH IN THE BANKRUPTCY CODE, AND THIS PLAN IS OTHERWISE CONFIRMED, THEN ALL
HOLDERS OF CLAMS IN THIS CLASS WILL BE  RELEASED  FROM AND NOT SOUGHT TO BE HELD
LIABLE FOR THE RECEIPT OF PREFERENTIAL TRANSFERS RECEIVED WITH IN 90 DAYS OF THE
DEBTORS  FILING FOR RELIEF UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF TITLE 11, UNDER  SECTIONS 547 AND
550 OF THE BANKRUPTCY  CODE, NOR HAVE THE ALLOWABILITY OF THEIR CLAIMS CONTESTED
ON THE BASIS THAT THEY HAD RECEIVED A PREFERENCE  UNDER SECTION 547. PLEASE NOTE
THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS  OBJECTIONS  DOES NOT APPLY TO THOSE CLAIMANTS
IN  OTHER  CLASSES  WHO  HAVE A  RESULTING  CLAIM  IN  THIS  CLASS  OR  WHO  ARE
SPECIFICALLY  LISTED IN THIS PLAN AS BEING THE SUBJECT OF A  PREFERENCE  ACTION.
THIS RELEASE DOES NOT RELATE TO ANY OTHER AVOIDANCE POWER UNDER CHAPTER 5 OF THE
BANKRUPTCY  CODE AS TO ANY CLASS 5  CLAIMANT.

     3.9 Class 6: The equity  interest owners shall have their interests in each
of the Debtors  canceled  on the stock  ledgers of the Debtors and will have new
stock  certificates  in each of the  Reorganized  Debtors  issued to them by the
President  of each  Reorganized  Debtor as to their Pro Rata shares of 5% of the
Stock Issuance in each of the Post Confirmation  Debtors. This treatment will be
in and for  consideration of the securing of the Lipshy Loan for the prosecution
of avoidance and other actions set forth above.


                                       12

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV.

                  Potential Cram Down of Non-Consenting Classes
                  ---------------------------------------------

         If any Class of Creditors fail to accept this Plan, the Debtors reserve
the right to move for a so-called "cram down" of that Class under the provisions
of  ss.1129(b)  of the Code.  In the event the Court  refuses  to impose a "cram
down" on the rights of a non-consenting  Class, the Debtors reserve the right to
propose  modifications  to this  Plan  and to seek  confirmation  of the Plan as
modified in accordance with the Bankruptcy  Code and Rules.  The Debtors further
reserve the rights  granted under ss.  1126(e) of the Code to seek a designation
that any Creditors' rejection of the Plan was not in good faith.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         Means for Execution of the Plan
                         -------------------------------

         5.1 The Plan will be implemented  consistent with Section 1123 and 1145
of the  Bankruptcy  Code.  The assets of Debtors'  respective  estates  shall be
conveyed to the Trust.  All  intercompany  claims  between the Debtors  shall be
extinguished. All distributions required to be made under the Plan shall be made
by the Trustee  from the Trust.  The Trust shall become  effective  and shall be
funded on the Effective Date as provided below.

         5.2 All Property  shall be  automatically  vested in the Trust and made
available for distribution to Creditors  following the allowance of their Claims
pursuant to the Plan or further orders of the Bankruptcy  Court. As and when the
Property  is  collected  and  converted   into  cash,  the  Trustee  shall  make
distributions  to  Creditors  subject to their making  appropriate  reserves for
Disputed  Claims and costs and expenses of the Trust  pursuant to the Plan.  The
Trust will be the nominee holder of 37.5% of the Stock  Issuances of each of the
Debtors, until the claims allowance  process is completed  and shares of each of


                                       13

<PAGE>



the Post  Confirmation  Debtors can be transferred to the intended  holders.  No
fractional units will be issued,  all shares will be rounded up or down from 50%
of a single share. The total amount of shares to be issued will be determined by
HFG and the Trust, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan. The Trust,
as nominee holder during the claims allowance process, may not sell, transfer or
hypothecate  the  shares  held as  nominee.  The  Trust  may  cause  the  shares
representing a 32.5% ownership interest in each of the Debtors to be distributed
to the  holders of Allowed  Unsecured  Class 5 claims in the same  manner as any
distribution  of  Property  under the plan to the  holders of Allowed  Unsecured
Class 5 claims as well as to the 5% ownership interest in each of the Debtors to
the  holders  of  Class 6  equity  owners  interests.

     5.3 Continued Corporate Existence and Future Governance.
         ---------------------------------------------------

     The  Debtors  names  will  be  changed  post   confirmation  and  the  Post
Confirmation Debtors will be thereafter known as follows:  "Optical Corporation"
to "Optical Acquisition Corp.", "Benson" to " Eyecare Acquisition Corporation.".
HFG will have the power to change the place of incorporation  and any one or all
of the Post Confirmation  Debtors may subsequently  reincorporate under the laws
of another  state.  The new shares of common stock issued  pursuant to the Plan,
the Stock Issuance,  will be in an amount sufficient to meet the requirements of
the Plan,  which shall be approximately  500,000 shares.  Sixty two and one half
percent  (62.5%) of such newly  issued  shares in each of the Post  Confirmation
Debtors  will be  issued  to HFG in  exchange  for the  release  of its  Allowed
Administrative  Claim and the  performance  of services  and  incurring  of fees
related  to  the  anticipated   post-confirmation  reverse  mergers  or  reverse
acquisitions  of the Post  Confirmation  Debtors.  The  remaining  37.5% will be
issued, 32.5% to the  holders of Allowed Unsecured  Claims and 5% to the  equity


                                       14

<PAGE>



interest holders.  Each of the Post  Confirmation  Debtors' officers will be Tim
Halter, as president and secretary. Tim Halter is the owner of all of the shares
of HFG and its President and sole director.  The Post Confirmation Debtors' sole
director  prior to the reverse merger or reverse  acquisition,  will also be Tim
Halter.

     The Post  Confirmation  Debtors  shall  continue in existence in accordance
with the laws of their state of incorporation pursuant to the charter and bylaws
in effect prior to the Effective Date as specifically  modified by this Plan and
as are authorized to be modified hereinafter. After the Effective Date, the Post
Confirmation  Debtors  may amend its  respective  articles of  incorporation  or
change its state of  incorporation  as necessary  to  effectuate  the Plan.  The
authorized  changes will be executed by the Post Confirmation  Debtors successor
officers and directors and  acknowledged by the Trust.  The proposed  authorized
changes will be made  available on or before the earlier of seven (7) days prior
to the  ballot  deadline  or the  tenth  (10th)  day  prior to the  confirmation
hearing.  You may request  copies of same by  contacting  the Debtors  counsel's
office.  Both of the Debtors  have been  registered  and  authorized  to conduct
business  in  various  states as  foreign  corporations.  The Post  Confirmation
Debtors  will  not  be  assuming  or  otherwise   attempting  to  utilize  those
registrations.  As such, said  registrations will be deemed to have lapsed as of
the Effective Date. The Post Confirmation  Debtors will each increase the number
of common  shares  authorized  in  anticipation  of a reverse  merger or reverse
acquisition  transaction to 40,000,000.  All matters of corporate  governance of
the Post Confirmation Debtors will be controlled by their respective articles of
incorporation  and bylaws,  as modified by the Plan or authorized to be modified
by this Plan.  No  proposals  submitted  by the officer  and  director of a Post
Confirmation Debtor as to changes in the articles of incorporation or the bylaws
of the Post  Confirmation Debtor, except  the authorized changes,  or to approve


                                       15

<PAGE>



the reverse merger or reverse  acquisition,  may be made without the approval of
the  majority of those shares  which vote on the  proposal.  A majority of those
shares that vote on such  proposals is defined as the simple  majority of shares
voted  and  held  by  any  shareholder   other  than  HFG.  HFG's  shares  shall
automatically  be voted with the  majority  of those  shares  that voted on said
proposals.  Any  restrictive  provisions  of the  Articles  or  bylaws  shall be
replaced  per Post  Confirmation  Debtor upon the  completion  of an  authorized
reverse merger or reverse  acquisition as to said Post  Confirmation  Debtor, as
necessary,   to  meet  the   requirements  of  the  reverse  merger  or  reverse
acquisition,  without  further  requirement  to secure  any  authority  from the
shareholders of said Post  Confirmation  Debtor.  HFG shall complete the reverse
mergers or reverse  acquisitions  by the  Consummation of the Plan Date. If such
transactions  are not closed by the  Consummation of the Plan Date, then HFG and
the holders of Allowed  Unsecured  Claims  against  the  Debtors  agree that the
shares issued will be deemed void. The order confirming the Plan will constitute
unanimous consent of the post  confirmation  shareholders of each of the Debtors
to the changes  detailed herein or to be attached  pursuant  hereto.  The shares
distributed to HFG are subject to being non transferable,  absent  registration,
due to the application of ss.1145(b)(1)(A).  This plan will not make any attempt
to discern or influence any such decision by any applicable  government  agency.
The  determination of same shall be the  responsibility of HFG.

 5.4 Distribution of  shares  of the  Post  Confirmation  Debtors
     ------------------------------------------------------------

     Shares of stock in the Post Confirmation Debtors shall be finally disbursed
once all Class 5 claims  are  determined  to be  Allowed  or  disallowed  and in
accordance with any holders  election that they do not wish to receive their pro
rata distribution of the Stock  Issuances. The Trust shall  hold the approximate


                                       16

<PAGE>



187,500 shares of each of the Post Confirmation  Debtors,  as nominee holder for
coth the Class 5 Allowed Claimants and the Allowed Class 6 Claimants, until such
distribution.  The  Trust  may  make  interim  distributions  of stock of a Post
Confirmation Debtor in the same manner and with the same safeguards as set forth
above for the distribution of cash set forth in the Plan.

     5.5 Pre-reverse merger or reverse acquisition shareholder requirements
         ------------------------------------------------------------------

     Under ss.1145(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance of shares pursuant to
the Plan in each of the respective Debtors constitutes a public offering.  There
are,  therefore,  no statutory  restrictions to the free  transferability of the
shares  received to the holders of Allowed  Unsecured  Claims or equity interest
holders.  However,  there  is no  established  market  for  the  shares  of  the
respective  Debtors  that are to be issued  pursuant to the Plan.  Moreover,  to
assure  that the  requirements  of ss.  1141 (d)(3 ) are met so as to secure the
discharge under said section,  all trading of such stock will be enjoined by the
order confirming the Debtors' Plan until the completion of the reverse merger or
reverse  acquisition  but in no event later than  fifteen  (15) months after the
Effective Date. This  shareholder  requirement will be extinguished as each Post
Confirmation  Debtor completes the requirements of its reverse merger or reverse
acquisition.  Once  all  the  requirements  of the  reverse  merger  or  reverse
acquisition are met, those shares will be freely tradeable and the injunction on
such trading  provided for herein,  shall be automatically  dissolved.

     5.6 Post Confirmation  Reporting
         ----------------------------

     The  President of each of the Post  Confirmation  Debtors  shall inform the
shareholders  of each of the Post  Confirmation  Debtors  of the  date  when the
reverse  merger  or  reverse   acquisition  is  completed,   so  as  to  trigger
Consummation of the Plan and the listing price of the stock of said Post Confir-


                                       17

<PAGE>



mation Debtor when such stock first becomes tradable on a public market, with in
fifteen (15) days of such date, so as to provide tax  information to the holders
of said stock.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 CREDITORS TRUST

     6.1  Creation of  Creditors  Trust 
          -----------------------------

     A Trust is hereby  created  for the  benefit of  Creditors  holding  Claims
entitled to  distributions  under this Plan. The Trustee of the Trust shall make
distributions  set forth in the Plan and shall have the power and  authority set
forth in the Plan.

       6.2 Vesting of Property in the Trust
           --------------------------------

     On the Effective Date all "Property" of the Debtors and their estates shall
be automatically conveyed, assigned,  transferred and granted to the Trustee and
the Trust and shall vest in the  Trustee  and the Trust in  accordance  with the
requirements of Section 1123 (b)(3)(B).  The term "Property" for the purposes of
this Plan means:

     a.   All property of the Debtors and the Debtors'  estates as defined in 11
          U.S.C.  Section 541 whether such property is now existing or hereafter
          arising and wherever located.

     b.   All causes of action,  rights,  claims and  demands  against any third
          parties, Creditors, investors, individuals, insiders or other entities
          that the Debtors or the Debtors in Possession  own or have an interest
          in or can assert in any fashion since their formation,  or which could
          be asserted by any  Creditor  or  Creditor  representative  or trustee
          under the Bankruptcy  Code,  whether  pre-petition  or  post-petition,
          including, but not limited to,  actions under Sections 542 through 553


                                       18

<PAGE>



          inclusive  of the  Bankruptcy  Code and Section 510 of the  Bankruptcy
          Code to recover  assets for any of the  Debtors'  estates  and for the
          benefit of Creditors and to subordinate claims  (collectively  "Debtor
          Actions") and all proceeds of and recoveries on Debtor Actions. PLEASE
          NOTE, HOWEVER,  THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 3.8 ABOVE AS TO THE DEBTORS'
          WAIVER OF THE RIGHT TO  OBJECT TO CLAIMS BY VIRTUE OF THE  RECEIPT  OF
          PREFERENTIAL  TRANSFERS  THAT WERE RECEIVED IN 90 DAYS BY NON INSIDERS
          OR  NON  AFFILIATES  OF THE  DEBTORS  OR TO  PURSUE  THE  RECOVERY  OF
          PREFERENTIAL  TRANSFERS  THAT  WERE  RECEIVED  WITH  IN 90 DAYS BY NON
          INSIDERS  OR NON  AFFILIATES  OF THE DEBTORS IF THE CLASS SET FORTH IN
          SECTION  3.7,  CLASS 5,  VOTES  IN FAVOR OF THIS  PLAN AND THE PLAN IS
          OTHERWISE  CONFIRMED.

     c.   Any and all of the  Debtors'  money in the Debtors'  bank  accounts or
          held by others on behalf of the Debtors  and any other  monies or sums
          to which the Debtors or their estates may be entitled hereafter,  save
          and except for  $2,500 per  Debtor,  which is to remain in each of the
          Debtors   for  a  total  of   $5,000,   if  HFG  elects  to  have  its
          Administrative Expense Claim paid by virtue of the Stock Issuance.

     d.   Any  mortgages,  deeds of trust,  assignments  of rents,  interests or
          security  agreements  encumbering  properties  of third  parties which
          liens,  interests  and  encumbrances  belong to or are  entitled to be
          claimed  by  the  Debtors  or in  which  any of the  Debtors  have  an
          interest.


                                       19

<PAGE>



     e.   Any and all other assets of the Debtors  including  but not limited to
          real estate, machinery, equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, the
          proceeds of liquidation sales of such assets,  tax refunds,  insurance
          proceeds,  recoveries  from third  parties,  and all other  assets and
          rights to payment of any kind, nature or description.

     f.   Property  expressly  excludes each of the Post  Confirmation  Debtors'
          Corporate  Shell  and the  stock  issued  to H. F. G. The  stock to be
          issued  to Class 5 and  Class 6  Claimants  is  property  only for the
          purpose of being a nominee holder for said Claimants.

For the purposes of meeting the  requirement  in section 1124 (b)(3)(B) that the
retention be for the benefit of creditors of the Debtors,  the recovery from any
avoidance  action set forth in Chapter 5 of Title 11 shall be accounted  for and
distributed by the Trustee 70% of the net proceeds to Class 5 Allowed  Unsecured
Claims and 30% of the net  proceeds  to the  payment of any  remaining  class of
claims or to pay Administrative expenses of the Debtors' or the Trust.

     6.3 Liquidation and Collection
         --------------------------

     The Trustee shall promptly take such action as is necessary to liquidate to
cash all  Property  and to collect on all Debtor  Actions  vested in him and the
Trust by such  means as the  Trustee  deem  advisable.  The  Trustee  is  hereby
authorized,   subject  to  approval   of  the   Bankruptcy   Court,   to  retain
professionals,   including  attorneys,   auctioneers  and  appraisers  for  such
purposes.  The fees and  expenses  of such  professionals  shall be  subject  to
approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

     6.4 Authorization
         -------------

     The  Trustee  is  hereby  appointed  under  Section  1123  (b)(3)  (B) as a
representative of the respective Debtor's estates,  and shall generally have all
of the powers of a Chapter 7 Trustee  under the Bankruptcy Code including, with-
out limitation, the power and authority to perform the following acts:


                                       20

<PAGE>



     a.   Perfect  and  secure  his  right,  title and  interest  to the  assets
          comprising the Property;

     b.   Sell and convert the Property to cash and  distribute the net proceeds
          as specified herein;

     c.   Manage and protect the Property and  distribute  the net proceeds,  as
          specified herein;

     d.   Release,  convey, abandon or assign any right, title or interest in or
          about the Property;

     e.   Pay and discharge any costs,  expenses,  Trustee' fees or  obligations
          deemed  necessary  to preserve  the Property or any part thereof or to
          preserve this Trust;

     f.   Deposit Trust funds and draw checks and make distributions thereof;

     g.   Employ and have such attorneys,  accountants,  engineers,  agents, tax
          specialists,  and other  professionals  and clerical and  stenographic
          assistance as may be deemed  necessary,  subject to  Bankruptcy  Court
          approval;

     h.   Exercise any and all powers  granted to the Trustee by any  agreements
          or by common law or any statute which serves to increase the extent of
          the powers granted to the Trustee hereunder.

     i.   Take any action required or permitted by this Plan;

     j.   Settle,  compromise or adjust by arbitration or otherwise any disputes
          or controversies in favor of or against the Trust or the Property;

     k.   Waive or release rights and claims of any kind;


                                       21

<PAGE>



     1.   In general, without in any manner limiting any of the foregoing,  deal
          with the Trust Property or any part or parts thereof in all other ways
          as would be lawful  for any person  owing the same to deal  therewith,
          whether similar to or different from the ways above specified,  at any
          time or times hereafter; and

     m.   Have  instituted  on behalf of the Trust and  prosecute  all suits and
          proceedings, including, without limitation, all Debtors Actions claims
          or  causes  of  actions  which  could  be  brought  by  a  trustee  or
          debtor-in-possession  under the  Bankruptcy  Code,  and  prosecute  or
          defend all actions against or appeals on behalf of the Debtors.

     6.5 Operations of Trust
         -------------------

     Subject to the rights of the Committee  described  below, the Trustee shall
have full and complete authority to manage, do and perform all acts, execute all
documents  and to make all payments and  distributions  of funds  directed to be
done, executed, performed, paid and disbursed by the provisions of this Plan.

     The Trustee shall have the power to invest funds of the Trust in demand and
time  deposits  in any  national  bank  which is an  authorized  depository  for
bankruptcy  funds  in the  Northern  District  of  Texas  or to  make  temporary
investments such as short-term certificates of deposit in such banks or Treasury
bills.

     In no  case  shall  any  party  dealing  with  the  Trustee  in any  manner
whatsoever  in  relation  to the  Property  or to any  part  or  parts  thereof,
including but not limited to, any party to whom the Property or any part thereof
shall be conveyed or contracted  to be sold by the Trustee,  be obligated to see
to the  application  of any  money or  proceeds  borrowed  or  advanced  on said
Properties or be obligated to see that the  provisions of this Plan or the terms
of this Trust have been complied with,  or be obligated or privileged to inquire


                                       22

<PAGE>



into the necessity or  expediency of any act of the Trustee,  or to inquire into
any other  limitation or  restriction of the power and authority of the Trustee,
but as to any  party  dealing  with the  Trustee  in any  manner  whatsoever  in
relation to the Property, the power of the Trustee to act or otherwise deal with
said  Properties  shall  be  absolute.

     The Trustee shall receive  reasonable  compensation for services  rendered,
based upon a reasonable  hourly rate ($39.00 per hour), and expenses incurred in
the  administration  of the Trust which  compensation  for services and expenses
shall be approved by the Bankruptcy Court. Any attorneys or other  professionals
employed by the Trustee shall receive reasonable compensation for their services
rendered,  based upon a  reasonable  hourly rate,  and expenses  incurred in the
administration  of the Trust which  compensation for services and expenses shall
be approved  by the  Bankruptcy  Court.  Such  compensation,  as approved by the
Bankruptcy Court, shall be deemed earned from the commencement of the Trust, and
shall be a charge  against  and paid out of the  Property  on the same  basis as
other costs, expenses and obligations of the Trust.

     The Trustee shall keep an accounting of receipts and  distributions,  which
shall be open to  inspection  by the  Committee  or any  other  Creditor  at all
reasonable times and the Trustee shall otherwise keep the Committee  informed in
the matters of this Trust.

     No recourse shall ever be had, directly or indirectly,  against the Trustee
personally  or  against  the  Committee  or any member  thereof  or against  the
Creditors  who are  beneficiaries  of the  Trust or any of them or  against  any
employee of or professional  retained by the Trustee or the Committee,  by legal
or equitable proceedings  or by virtue of  any statute or otherwise, on any deed


                                       23

<PAGE>



of trust, mortgage,  pledge, note, nor upon any promise,  contract,  instrument,
undertaking,  obligation,  covenant  or  agreement  whatsoever  executed  by the
Trustee under this Plan or by them or by any person  employed by the  Committee,
for any purpose  authorized by this Trust,  it being  expressly  understood  and
agreed that all such  liabilities,  covenants,  and agreements of the Trustee or
any such  employee,  whether in writing or otherwise,  under this Trust shall be
enforceable  only against and be satisfied only out of the Property or such part
thereof as shall  under the terms of any such  agreement  be liable  therefor or
shall be evidence  only of a right of payment out of the  income,  proceeds  and
avails of the Property, as the case may be.

         The  Trustee  shall not be liable for any act they may do or omit to do
as Trustee  hereunder  while  acting in good faith and in the  exercise of their
business judgment, and the fact that such act or omission was advised,  directed
or  approved  by an  attorney  acting  as  attorney  for  this  Trust,  shall be
conclusive evidence of such good faith and good judgment;  nor shall the Trustee
be liable in any event except for his own gross negligence or willful default or
misconduct.

         The initial  Trustee  shall be Alan Katz and the law firm of Ungerman &
Ungerman,  P.C. shall be counsel for the Trustee.  The Trustee may resign at any
time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Committee,  counsel for the
Trustee,  and counsel for the Committee and such resignation  shall be effective
upon the date provided in such notice.

         In case of the  resignation  of a Trustee,  a successor  Trustee  shall
thereupon be selected by an instrument in writing,  signed and  acknowledged  by
the Chairman of the  Committee  and  delivered to the  resigning  Trustee.  Each
succeeding  Trustee may in like manner  resign and another may in like manner be
appointed  in his  place.  In the  event of the death or  inability  to act of a
Trustee,  a successor  Trustee shall be selected by the  Committee.  Immediately



                                       24

<PAGE>



upon selection, whether because of death inability or resignation, any successor
Trustee shall seek approval of his/her  appointment  with the Bankruptcy  Court,
with notice, including to counsel for the Trustee, together with an affidavit of
disinterestedness.  Upon Court  approval the  successor  Trustee shall be vested
with all the rights, privileges, powers and duties of his predecessor.

         This Trust shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain
and  continue in full force and effect until the earlier of the  following:  (1)
the  indebtedness  of the Debtors to all Creditors has been paid or satisfied in
accordance  with the  provisions of the Plan, or (2) the Property  vested in the
Trust has been wholly converted to cash and all costs,  expenses and obligations
incurred in administering this Trust have been fully paid and discharged and all
remaining  income,  proceeds and avails of the Property have been distributed to
Creditors.  The Trustee will make continuing efforts to dispose of the Property,
make timely  distributions  and not unduly  prolong  the  duration of the Trust.
Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein, the Trust shall terminate not later
than 21 years from the Effective Date. Upon termination of the Trust, or at such
other time as may be required by the  Bankruptcy  Court or  applicable  law, the
Trustee will file with the Bankruptcy Court a final account and a motion seeking
the entry of a final decree closing these Chapter 11 Cases.

         The Committee shall remain in existence  following  confirmation of the
Plan and shall act in an advisory  capacity  to the Trustee  with such powers as
are provided in this Article.  The  individual  members of the  Committee  shall
serve without compensation but, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court,
each individual  member of the Committee shall be reimbursed out of the Property
for all reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses and distributions incurred by him or
her in the  performance of his or her duties as a member of the Committee in the



                                       25

<PAGE>



performance of its function and in the exercise of its rights and remedies under
this Plan prior and subsequent to confirmation.

     Upon the termination of the Trust created in this Article VI, the Committee
shall disband.

                                  ARTICLE VII.

                    Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
                    ----------------------------------------

         All executory  contracts and unexpired  leases of the Debtors have been
previously  rejected  any others not  otherwise  rejected  are  rejected  by the
confirmation of the Plan. Each person who is a party to an executory contract or
unexpired lease of the Debtors rejected herein or heretofore,  shall be entitled
to file and must serve upon the  Trustee,  not later than  thirty days after the
Confirmation  Date,  a proof of Claim  for  damages  alleged  to arise  from the
rejection of such executory contract or unexpired leases to which such person is
a party.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.

                            Modification of the Plan
                            ------------------------

         The Debtors may propose amendments to, or modifications of this Plan at
any time  prior to  confirmation  with leave of the  Court,  upon  notice to all
parties-in-interest  as required by the Court. After  confirmation,  the Debtors
may,  with the  approval of the Court and so long as it does not  materially  or
adversely affect the interest of the creditors, remedy any defect or omission or
reconcile any  inconsistencies in the Plan, or in the Order of Confirmation,  in
such manner as may be  necessary  to carry out the  purposes  and effect of this
Plan.


                                       26

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                            Jurisdiction of the Court
                            -------------------------

         The Court  shall  retain  jurisdiction  until  this Plan has been fully
consummated including, but not limited to the following purposes:

         1.  The   Classification   of  the  claim  of  any   creditor  and  the
re-examination  of the  claims  which  have been  Allowed  for the  purposes  of
determining  acceptances at the time of confirmation  and the  determination  of
such objections as may be filed to creditors'  claims. The failure by the Debtor
to object to, or to examine any claim the purposes of  determining  acceptances,
shall  not be  deemed  to be a waiver  of the  Debtors'  right to  object  to or
re-examine the claim in whole or in part.

         2.  Rejection of executory  contracts or unexpired  leases that are not
discovered  prior to confirmation  and allowance of claims for damages as to the
rejection  of any such  executory  contracts  or  unexpired  leases  within such
further time as the Court may direct.

         3 . Determination of all questions and disputes  regarding title to the
assets of the Debtors and determination of all causes of action,  controversies,
disputes or conflicts,  whether or not subject to pending  action as of the date
of  confirmation  between the Debtors  and any other  party  including,  but not
limited to, any right of the Debtor to recover assets pursuant to the provisions
of Title 11 of the Code.

         4. The  correction  of any  defect,  the curing of any  omission or the
reconciliation of any inconsistency in this Plan or the Order of Confirmation as
may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of this Plan.


                                       27

<PAGE>



     5.  The  modification  of this  Plan  after  confirmation  pursuant  to the
Bankruptcy Rules and Title 11 of the Code.

     6. To enforce and interpret the terms and conditions of this Plan.

     7. Entry of any order,  including  injunctions,  necessary  to enforce  the
title,  rights  and  powers  of the  Debtors  and to  impose  such  limitations,
restrictions,  terms and  conditions  of such  title,  rights and powers as this
Court may deem necessary.

     8. Entry of an Order concluding and terminating this Case.

     9. Determination of the allowability of Claims and Interests upon objection
to such Claims by the Trustees,  other  successors to the Debtors,  or any other
party in interest;

     10.  Determination  of any tax  liability,  pursuant  to Section 505 of the
Bankruptcy Code;

     11.  Approval,  pursuant  to Section  365 of the  Bankruptcy  Code,  of all
matters  related to the assumption,  assumption and assignment,  or rejection of
any executory contract or unexpired lease of the Debtors;

     12.  Determination  or  request  for  payment  of  administrative  expenses
entitled to priority under Section  507(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code,  including
compensation of parties entitled thereof,

     13. Adjudication of any causes of action that arose  pre-confirmation or in
connection with the implementation of this Plan, including,  without limitation,
all avoidance actions under Chapter 5 pf Title 11, brought by the Debtors or the
Trustee acting as a representative  of the Debtors' estate as well as the Benson
Eye Care litigation,  whether any such cause of action is instituted pre or post
confirmation;

     14. Entry of a Final Order closing the Chapter 11 Cases;


                                       28

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE X.

                      OBJECTION TO CLAIMS: VOTING OF CLAIMS

         10.1  Objections to Claims.  Objections to Claims shall be filed by the
Trustee or any other party in interest  with the Clerk of the  Bankruptcy  Court
and served upon each holder of each of the Claims to which  objections  are made
within ninety (90) days following the Confirmation Date.

         10.2 Resolution of Disputed  Claims.  Unless  otherwise  ordered by the
Bankruptcy  Court,  the Trustee shall  litigate to judgment,  settle or withdraw
objections to Disputed Claims,  in their sole discretion,  without notice to any
party in interest other than the Bankruptcy  Court, the holders of such Disputed
Claims,  the Chairman of the  Committee  and its  counsel.  The  provisions  for
payment which are set forth in Article III of the Plan are without  prejudice to
any  objection to Claims and the right to assert such  objections,  and all such
provisions  for payment are subject to the  provisions set forth in this Article
IX of the Plan.

         10.3 Payment of Allowed Claims.  For purposes of determining the amount
of  distribution  to be made to each holder of an Allowed  Claim under the Plan,
the amount of all Disputed Claims will be deemed to be Allowed Claims. Except as
the Trustee may  otherwise  determine  in their sole  discretion,  no payment or
distribution  will be made on a claim if any portion of such Claim is a Disputed
Claim  until all of the  objections  to such Claim or portion of such Claim have
been  determined  by a Final  Order of the  Bankruptcy  Court.  Any  payment  or
distribution which otherwise would have been made on account of a Disputed Claim
if it had been an Allowed  Claim  will be held in reserve by the  Trustee in the
Disputed  Claims Reserve  pending a  determination  of the  allowability of such
Claim. In the event that  a Disputed Claim is resolved  by the allowance of such


                                       29

<PAGE>



Disputed  Claim in  whole or in part,  the  Trustee  will  make the  appropriate
distribution  to the holder of such  Claim,  to the extent that it is an Allowed
Claim, from the Disputed Claims Reserve in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan.  When all Disputed  Claims have been Allowed or disallowed  and amounts in
the Disputed Claims Reserve have been distributed, all amounts then remaining in
the Disputed Claims Reserve, if any, will be distributed pursuant to Article III
of the Plan.

         10.4  Voting of  Claims.  The  amount  of a Claim  that will be used to
determine  votes for or  against  the Plan will be either  (a) the Claim  amount
listed in Debtors'  schedule of liabilities  (the  "Schedules") on file with the
Bankruptcy  Court,  unless such Claim is listed in the Schedules as  contingent,
unliquidated  or disputed or (b) the liquidated  amount  specified in a proof of
Claim  timely  filed with the  Bankruptcy  Court  that is not the  subject of an
objection.  If the holder of a Claim  submits a ballot,  but such holder has not
timely filed a proof of Claim and such holder's Claim is listed on the schedules
as contingent, unliquidated or disputed or such holder's Claim is the subject of
an objection,  the ballot will not be counted in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule
3018, unless the Bankruptcy Court  temporarily  allows the Claim for the purpose
of accepting or rejecting the Plan in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 3018.

         10.5 Any  creditor or claimant who does not vote will be deemed to have
accepted the Plan,  although said deemed  acceptance  shall not be considered in
the calculation of the required  majorities for the  determination  of whether a
Class  accepts  or rejects  the Plan.  Any  claimant  who fails to object to and
secure the removal of said objectionable provisions of this Plan, shall be bound
by all provisions of this Plan, if it is confirmed.


                                       30

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE XI.

                   EFFECT OF THE PLAN ON CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

         11.1 Discharge of Claims.  If on the  Consummation of the Plan Date, as
defined in the Plan, a Post  Confirmation  Debtor has closed a reverse merger or
reverse acquisition,  then each such Post Confirmation Debtor will be discharged
from  claims  or  other  debts  that  arose   before  the   Confirmation   Date.
Additionally,  all persons who have claims against the Debtors which arise prior
to the  Confirmation  Date shall also be prohibited  from  asserting such claims
against the Creditors Trust or the Debtors' property,  except as provided in the
Plan.

         11.2 Injunction.  Except as provided in the Plan or Confirmation Order,
as of the Effective  Date,  all entities that have held,  currently  hold or may
hold a Claim or other debt or  liability  against  the Debtors or an Interest or
other right of an equity security holder in the Debtors are permanently enjoined
from taking any of the following  actions on account of any such Claims,  debts,
liabilities or interests:  (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action
or other  proceedings  against  the  Trustee,  the  Reorganized  Debtors  or the
Property; (2) enforcing,  attaching,  collecting or recovering in any manner any
judgment,  award, decree or order against the Trustee the Reorganized Debtors or
the  Property;  (3) creating,  perfecting  or enforcing any lien or  encumbrance
against the Trustee,  the  Reorganized  Debtors or the  Property;  (4) asserting
against the Trustee, the Reorganized Debtors or the Property a set off, right or
claim of subordination or recoupment of any kind against any debt,  liability or
obligation due to the Debtors;  and (5) commencing or continuing any action,  in
any manner,  in any place that does not comply with or is inconsistent  with the
provisions of the Plan and the reverse merger or reverse acquisition by the Post
Confirmation Debtors. Additionally,  there will be an injunction restricting the



                                       31

<PAGE>



transfer of the shares of each of the Post Confirmation  Debtors until such time
as the  reverse  mergers or reverse  acquisitions  as to such Post  Confirmation
Debtor is completed.  The President of the applicable Post  Confirmation  Debtor
will notify the shareholders of the date of the completion of the reverse merger
or reverse  acquisition.  If  Consummation  of the Plan Date passes  without the
completion  of a  reverse  merger  or  reverse  acquisitions  as  to  such  Post
Confirmation  Debtor,  such shares will be deemed void and the injunction on the
trading of any such shares shall become permanent. Nothing herein shall prohibit
any  claimant,  however,  for  suing  the  Trust  for  failing  to  abide by the
provisions  of the Plan,  or to otherwise  enforce the  provisions  of the Plan.
After the Effective Date, any creditor may only look to the Trust and not to the
Reorganized Debtor's to have obligations of the Plan met. This injunction, as to
the  Reorganized  Debtors,  shall,  upon the  Consummation  of the Plan Date, be
augmented by the discharge provisions set forth in Section 11.1.

         11.3 Revesting and Vesting.  Except as otherwise  provided in the Plan,
on and after the Effective Date, all Property of the Debtors' estates shall vest
in the  Trust  and the  Trustee  free and  clear of all  Claims,  liens,  debts,
liabilities, charges, interests and other encumbrances.

         11.4  Settlement of all  Intercompany  Disputes and Causes of Action to
Consolidate  the  Debtors  as well as  Certain  Preference  Actions  and  Claims
Objections.  The  confirmation of this Plan will compromise and settlement under
F.B.R.P.  9019 any and all causes of action by and  between  the Debtors and any
party in  interest  concerning  any  allegations  that  the  Debtors  should  be
substantively   consolidated   or  that  the  Debtors  are  the  alter  egos  or
instrumentalities  of each  other and  hence  each  liable  for the debts of the
other.  Moreover,  this  plan  shall  provide  for  the settlement of preference
actions as set forth in Section 3.8 above,  on the conditions set forth therein.

                                       32

<PAGE>



DATED: July 9, 1996.

                                              OCA  ACQUISITION,  INC., NOW KNOWN
                                              AS OPTICAL CORPORATION OF AMERICA

                                              BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC.


                                              SUPERIOR   OPTICAL  COMPANY,  INC.
                                              (Substantively  Consolidated  with
                                              Benson)


                                              By:      /s/ Alan J. Katz
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Alan J. Katz,
                                                       Executive Vice-President

UNGERMAN & UNGERMAN, P.C.



By:      /s/ Jay W. Ungerman
         -------------------                         
         Jay W. Ungerman
         Bar I.D. No. 20393000
         2515 McKinney Ave.
         Suite 800
         Dallas, Texas 75201
         (214) 747-3536
         (214) 747-0068 Facsimile

ATTORNEYS FOR DEBTORS-IN-POSSESSION



                                       33

<PAGE>



                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                       FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
                                 DALLAS DIVISION


IN RE:                                ss.
                                      ss.
OCA ACQUISITION, INC. n/k/a           ss     CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11
OPTICAL CORPORATION OF AMERICA,       ss.
                                      ss.
         Debtor.                      ss.
                                      ss.
IN RE:                                ss.
                                      ss.
BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC.,             ss.    CASE NO. 395-35857-RCM-11
                                      ss.
         Debtor.                      ss.
                                      ss.
IN RE:                                ss.
                                      ss.
SUPERIOR OPTICAL CO., INC.,           ss.    CASE NO. 395-36572-RCM-11
                                      ss.
         Debtor.                      ss.    JOINTLY ADMINISTERED UNDER
                                      ss.    CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11

           ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
           -----------------------------------------------------------

     The First  Amended  Joint Plan of  Reorganization  under  Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy  Code filed by OCA  ACQUISITION,  INC.  n/k/a OPTICAL  CORPORATION OF
AMERICA, BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC., and SUPERIOR OPTICAL CO., INC. ("Debtors") on
July 9, 1996 (the  "Plan"),  having been  transmitted  to  creditors  and equity
security holders; and

     It having been determined after hearing on notice that the requirements for
confirmation set forth in 11 U.S. C. ss. 1129 have been satisfied, it is

     ORDERED that the First  Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization  filed by the
Debtors on July 9, 1996, is confirmed. A copy of the confirmed Plan is attached.

It is further

ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                                                          Page 1

<PAGE>


         ORDERED that holders of shares of stock in the postconfirmation debtors
issued  pursuant to the Plan are hereby  enjoined from trading said shares until
the completion of each reverse merger or reverse  acquisition as provided for in
the  Plan.  This  injunction   shall  terminate  upon  the  completion  of  said
transaction for each postconfirmation  debtor entity. If, upon the expiration of
15 months after the Effective Date of the Plan,  either of such  transactions is
not  complete,  then the shares in each  postconfirmation  debtor  entity  whose
reverse merger or reverse  acquisition  has not been  completed  shall be deemed
void and canceled.

         It is further

         Ordered that Alan Katz, as Executive Vice President of the Debtors,  is
hereby  authorized  to execute any  necessary  documents  to meet the  Statutory
Requirements  for the State of Delaware for a  reorganization  under title 11 of
the U.S. Code.

         DATED:  August 9, 1996.


                                                  /s/ Robert C. McGuire         
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  ROBERT C. McGUIRE
                                                  UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY JUDGE


ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>



Jay W. Ungerman
State Bar No. 20393000
UNGERMAN SWEET & BROUSSEAU, P. C.
2515 McKinney Ave.
Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75201-1993
Telephone:        (214) 747-3536
Facsimile:        (214) 747-0068

ATTORNEYS FOR THE TRUSTEE OF THE CREDITORS TRUST

E. P. Keiffer
State Bar No. 11181700
BURKE, WRIGHT & KEIFFER, P.C.
2900 Renaissance Tower
1201 Elm Street
Dallas, TX 75270-2102
Phone:  (214) 742-2900
Fax:       (214) 748-6815

ATTORNEYS FOR THE POST CONFIRMATION DEBTORS

                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                       FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
                                 DALLAS DIVISION

IN RE:                                 ss.
                                       ss.
OCA ACQUISITION, INC., NOW             ss.   CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11
KNOWN AS OPTICAL CORPORATION           ss.
OF AMERICA                             ss.
                                       ss.
         DEBTOR.                       ss.
                                       ss.
IN RE:                                 ss.
                                       ss.
BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC.,              ss.   CASE NO. 395-35857-RCM-11
                                       ss.
         DEBTOR.                       ss.
                                       ss.
IN RE:                                 ss.
                                       ss.   CASE NO. 395-36572-RCM-11
SUPERIOR OPTICAL COMPANY, INC.         ss.
                                       ss.   JOINTLY ADMINISTERED: 
         DEBTOR.                       ss.   CASE NO, 395-35856-RCM-11


POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 1



<PAGE>



                 POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE DEBTORS'
                   FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                                                              January  29 , 1997

         The Trustee of the  Creditors Trust ("Trustee") and Optical Acquisition
Corp.  and  Eyecare  Acquisition  Corp.   (hereinafter  the  "Post  Confirmation
Debtors") propose the following Post Confirmation Modifications to the confirmed
Debtors' First Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization.

         1.       The Definitions in Article I will be replaced as follows:

                  1.8  Consummation  of the Plan  Date.  The  date on which  the
         reverse merger or reverse  acquisition  transaction is completed.  Such
         date shall not be later than 18 months from the  Effective  Date of the
         Plan or the discharge set forth under 11 U.S.C. Section 1141(d)(3) will
         be deemed not to have been  achieved  and the Plan Shares  issued under
         the Plan  shall  be  canceled.  Upon  Consummation  of the  Plan  being
         achieved as to each  Debtor,  any and all claims by  Creditors  as to a
         default  under  the  Plan  can  only  be  asserted  against  the  Trust
         established by the Plan.

                  1.14  Halter   Financial   Group,   Inc.  or  HFG.  The  Texas
         corporation  that will be responsible  for locating a reverse merger or
         acquisition  transaction for each Post Confirmation Debtor as described
         in the Plan. In exchange for its Administrative  Claim of $17,500 as to
         each Debtor, HFG may elect to receive  approximately  62.5% of the Plan
         Shares issued b each Post Confirmation Debtor as described in the Plan.

         2.       The definition of Plan Shares  will be added at 1.16.1 and the
definition of Stock Issuance,  at l.21, will be deleted.  The term "Plan Shares"
will be  substituted  in at every place where the term "Stock  Issuance"  is set
forth in the Plan:

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 2


<PAGE>



          1.16.1  Plan  Shares.   The  shares  of  common  stock  of  each  Post
     Confirmation  Debtor to be  issued  under  Section  1145 of the Code to the
     holders of Class 5 Allowed  Unsecured  Claims  and Class 6 Equity  Interest
     Owners.  Such  Plan  Shares  may also be  issued to HFG as set forth in the
     Plan.

     3. The sections  describing the treatment of unsecured claimants and equity
security holders will be amended to read as follows:  (stricken out portions are
deletions and bolded portions are the changes)

          3.8 Class 5: The  Allowed  Unsecured  Claims  of Class 5 are  impaired
     under the Plan and shall be paid their Pro Rata share, without interest, of
     any sums  remaining  after  payment  of all sums due and  owing to  Allowed
     Administrative  Claims  and  Classes  1, 2, and 3 or the  establishment  of
     appropriate  reserves for such  payment.  The holders of Allowed  Unsecured
     Claims will also receive,  a Pro Rata share of  approximately  32.5% of the
     Plan Shares of each of the Post Confirmation  Debtors.  Any such holder may
     elect not to take its Pro Rata share of the Plan  Shares when voting on the
     Plan. Any such holder who elects not to accept the Plan Shares,  shall have
     its Pro Rata  share  redistributed  to all of the other  holders of Class 5
     Claims. There is a requirement, however, that there be at least 225 members
     of this  class that have  elected  to accept  the Plan  Shares of each Post
     Confirmation Debtors. If that number would otherwise be reached, then those
     ballots  received  in the mail or by fax latest in time will not be able to
     so elect until such time as the minimum has been reached. The number may be


POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 3


<PAGE>



     adjusted  due to  subsequent  votes in favor of the Plan.  Any holder of an
     Allowed  Class 5 claim who does not vote on the  confirmation  of this Plan
     will be deemed to have  accepted the Plan Shares and will be  considered as
     so voting in the  calculation  of the ability of those who do vote, but who
     elect to not  accept  the Plan  Shares.  IF THE VOTES THAT ARE CAST IN THIS
     CLASS CAUSE THIS CLASS TO ACCEPT THE PLAN, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS
     FOR  ACCEPTANCE BY A CLASS AS SET FORTH IN THE  BANKRUPTCY  CODE,  AND THIS
     PLAN IS OTHERWISE CONFIRMED,  THEN ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS IN THIS CLASS WILL
     BE  RELEASED  FROM AND NOT  SOUGHT TO BE HELD  LIABLE  FOR THE  RECEIPT  OF
     PREFERENTIAL  TRANSFERS  RECEIVED  WITHIN 90 DAYS OF THE DEBTORS FILING FOR
     RELIEF  UNDER  CHAPTER 11 OF TITLE 11,  UNDER  SECTIONS  547 AND 550 OF THE
     BANKRUPTCY CODE, NOR HAVE THE ALLOWABILITY OF THEIR CLAIMS CONTESTED ON THE
     BASIS THAT THEY HAD RECEIVED A PREFERENCE  UNDER  SECTION 547.  PLEASE NOTE
     THIS  RELEASE  AND  WAIVER  OF  CLAIMS  OBJECTIONS  DOES NOT APPLY TO THOSE
     CLAIMANTS IN OTHER CLASSES WHO HAVE A RESULTING  CLAIM IN THIS CLASS OR WHO
     ARE  SPECIFICALLY  LISTED IN THIS PLAN AS BEING THE SUBJECT OF A PREFERENCE
     ACTION.  THIS  RELEASE DOES NOT RELATE TO ANY OTHER  AVOIDANCE  POWER UNDER
     CHAPTER 5 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE AS TO ANY CLASS 5 CLAIMANT.

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 4



<PAGE>



          3.9 Class 6: The Equity  Interest Owners shall have their interests in
     each of the Debtors  canceled.  In consideration for securing of the Lipshy
     Loan for the  prosecution  of avoidance  and other actions set forth above,
     the Equity  Interest Owners will receive a Pro Rata Share of 5% of the Plan
     Shares of each Post Confirmation Debtor.

     4.  Article V, the Means for  Execution  of the Plan will be amended in its
entirety to read as follows:

          5.1 The Plan will be  implemented  consistent  with  Sections 1123 and
     1145 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Property of Debtors'  respective  estates,
     as defined in Article 6.2, shall be conveyed to the Trust. All intercompany
     claims  between  the  Debtors  shall  be  extinguished.  All  distributions
     required  to be made under the Plan shall be made by the  Trustee  from the
     Trust and,  as to the Plan  Shares,  by the  respective  Post  Confirmation
     Debtors  as to  holders  of Class 5 Allowed  Unsecured  Claims  and Class 6
     Allowed Equity Interest Owners.  The Trust shall become effective and shall
     be funded on the Effective Date as provided below.

          5.2 All Property,  as defined in Article 6.2,  shall be  automatically
     vested  in the Trust  and made  available  for  distribution  to  Creditors
     following  the  allowance of their  Claims  pursuant to the Plan or further
     orders of the Bankruptcy  Court.  As and when the Property is collected and
     converted into  cash, the  Trustee shall  make distributions  to  Creditors

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 5



<PAGE>



     subject to their making appropriate  reserves for Disputed Claims and costs
     and expenses of the Trust  pursuant to the Plan.

     5.3 Continued Corporate Existence and Future Governance.
         ---------------------------------------------------

          5.3.1 The Plan authorizes each Post  Confirmation  Debtor to amend and
     restate its  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws.  Such  amended and
     restated certificates of incorporation and bylaws are referred to herein as
     the "Post Confirmation  Certificates" and the "Post  Confirmation  Bylaws,"
     respectively.  The Post Confirmation  Certificates will differ from each of
     the Debtor's current certificate of incorporation in certain respects. Most
     significantly,   the  Post  Confirmation   Certificates  change  each  Post
     Confirmation  Debtors'  corporate  names  and  authorize  the  issuance  of
     40,000,000  shares of common stock and the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of
     preferred stock. The corporate name of Optical  Corporation of America will
     be changed to "Optical Acquisition Corp." and Benson Optical Co.,Inc.  will
     be changed to "Eyecare Acquisition Corp."

          Each Post Confirmation Debtor will continue its corporate existence as
     a Delaware  corporation and will be governed by the General Corporation Law
     of Delaware,  its Post  Confirmation  Certificate and its Post Confirmation
     Bylaws.  The proposed Post Confirmation  Certificates and Post Confirmation
     Bylaws will be made  available on or before the earlier of seven days prior
     to  the  ballot  deadline  or the  tenth  day  prior  to  the  date  of the
     confirmation  hearing.  You may  request  copies  of the Post  Confirmation
     Certificates by contacting the Debtor's  counsel.  The  Confirmation  Order
     will  constitute  unanimous  consent  of  the  shareholders  of  each  Post
     Confirmation Debtor of such amendment and restatement.

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 6



<PAGE>



          The officers of each Post Confirmation  Debtor will take all corporate
     action necessary to adopt the Post  Confirmation  Certificates and the Post
     Confirmation  Bylaws following the Confirmation Date. The Post Confirmation
     Certificates and the Post  Confirmation  Bylaws will be acknowledged by the
     Trust.  Any  restrictive  provisions  contained  in the  Post  Confirmation
     Certificates and the Post Confirmation  Bylaws pursuant to the Code will be
     null and void upon completion of the reverse merger or reverse  acquisition
     transaction without any further shareholder  authorization or other action,
     due to the shareholder  authorization  of the reverse merger or acquisition
     as set forth in Article 5.4.3 below.

          5.3.2  Each  Post   Confirmation   Debtor  may  change  its  state  of
     incorporation  by means of a  reincorporation  merger  during the period of
     time  following the  Confirmation  Date and prior to the  completion of the
     reverse  merger  or  acquisition   transactions   in  accordance  with  the
     applicable  requirements of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any
     other applicable law.

          5.3.3 In  addition  to  meeting  any  shareholder  approval  and other
     requirements set forth in the applicable  provisions of General Corporation
     Law of  Delaware,  any  amendments,  modifications,  restatements  or other
     changes  with  respect  to  the  Post  Confirmation  Certificates  or  Post
     Confirmation  Bylaws during the time period following the Confirmation Date
     and  prior  to  the   completion  of  the  reverse  merger  or  acquisition
     transactions,   including  reverse  common  stock  splits  of  either  Post
     Confirmation  Debtor,  shall also be approved by the majority of the shares
     of common stock held by shareholders  other than HFG that are voted on such
     matter.

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 7



<PAGE>



          5.3.4 Both  Debtors  are  authorized  to conduct  business  in various
     states as foreign  corporations.  The Post  Confirmation  Debtors  will not
     utilize such  authorizations and such authorizations will be deemed to have
     lapsed as of the Effective Date.

          5.3.5 Timothy P. Halter, the sole shareholder, officer and director of
     HFG,  will serve as the  initial  sole  director  and  officer of each Post
     Confirmation Debtor.

     5.4 The Reverse Merger or Reverse Acquisition.
         -----------------------------------------

          5.4.1 The terms "reverse  merger" or "reverse  acquisition" as used in
     the Plan are intended to permit any kind of business combination, including
     a  stock  exchange,   which  would  benefit  the  shareholders  of  a  Post
     Confirmation  Debtor  by  allowing  them to own an  interest  in a  viable,
     operating business enterprise.

          5.4.2 Each Post Confirmation Debtor shall complete a reverse merger or
     acquisition  transaction by the Consummation of the Plan Date. In the event
     that a Post Confirmation Debtor does not complete such a transaction by the
     Consummation of the Plan Date, all of its outstanding  Plan Shares shall be
     canceled  and  the  holders  thereof  will  receive  no  payment  or  other
     distribution of any kind therefor.

          5.4.3 As to each Post Confirmation Debtor, the terms and conditions of
     the proposed reverse merger or acquisition transaction shall be approved by
     the majority of the shares of common stock held by shareholders  other than
     HFG that are voted on such matter.  Except as otherwise set forth the Plan,
     any other matters  presented to the  shareholders of any Post  Confirmation
     Debtor  prior  to the  completion  of the  reverse  merger  or  acquisition
     transactions shall  be approved  by shareholders  as determined by the Post

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 8



<PAGE>



     Confirmation Debtor in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law
     of Delaware and any other applicable law.

     5.5 Distribution of the Plan Shares.
         -------------------------------

          5.5.1 Each Post Confirmation  Debtor will issue a sufficient number of
     Plan Shares to meet the  requirements of the Plan. The exact number of Plan
     Shares to be issued,  which is  estimated to be  approximately  500,000 for
     each Post  Confirmation  Debtor,  will be calculated by the Trustee and the
     Post  Confirmation  Debtors in a manner consistent with the Plan as to each
     Post Confirmation  Debtor,  the Plan Shares will be issued as follows:  (i)
     assuming  HFG so elects as described  elsewhere in the Plan,  approximately
     62.5% of the Plan Shares will be issued to HFG in exchange  for the release
     of its  Administrative  Claims and for the performance of certain  services
     and the payment of certain fees related to the  anticipated  reverse merger
     or acquisition transactions described in the Plan; (ii) approximately 5% of
     the Plan  Shares  will be issued to holders of Allowed  Class 5 Claims on a
     Pro Rata basis;  and (iii)  approximately  32.5% of the Plan Shares will be
     issued  to the  holders  of Class 6 Equity  Interest  Owners  on a Pro Rata
     basis.  No fractional  Plan Shares will be issued.  One full share ,will be
     issued in lieu of any fractional share.

          5.5.2 The Plan  Shares  will be  issued  at the time  shown as soon as
     practicable after the Trustee has completed the claims allowance process.

          The  Plan  Shares  may  also be  issued  in  multiple  phases,  in the

     discretion of each Post Confirmation Debtor, prior to the completion of the
     allowance process, in the sole discretion of each Post Confirmation Debtor,
     but only upon receipt of the  following  from the  discretion  of each Post
     Confirmation  Debtor,  but only  upon  receipt  of the  following  from the
     Trustee:

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                     Page - 9



<PAGE>





     i)   a listing of the claimants  and the amount of their Allowed  Unsecured
          Claim.

     ii)  a listing of those  holders of Unsecured  Claims  subject to objection
          and the amounts listed as their claim.

Such  information will enable the Trustee and each Post  Confirmation  Debtor to
properly take into account all asserted claims.

         Once a Post Confirmation Debtor has elected to issue the Plan Shares in
multiple phases, the Trustee and the Post Confirmation Debtor will determine (i)
the number of Plan  shares to be issued to holders of Allowed  Unsecured  Claims
not subject to objection  and (ii) the  approximate  number of Plan Shares to be
allocated  for  future  issuance  to  holders  of  Unsecured  Claims  subject to
objection.  As soon as practicable  after the Trustee and the Post  Confirmation
Debtor have made such determination, the Post Confirmation Debtor will issue the
Plan Shares to the holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims not subject to objection.
Holders of Unsecured  Claims  subject to objection  will each receive  their Pro
Rata  share  of the  Plan  Shares  allocated  for  future  issuance  as  soon as
practicable  after resolution of the objection.  The approximate  number of Plan
Shares  allocated for future issuance to the holders of Unsecured Claims subject
to objection is an estimate only and the number of Plan Shares actually received
by such  holder may differ  from such  number.  Any  portion of the Plan  Shares
allocated but not issued to a holder of an Unsecured Claim that is subject to an
objection,  upon a determination  of the actual amount of the Allowed  Unsecured
Claim, will be  accumulated and issued  Pro Rata to  all Allowed Unsecured Claim

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                    Page - 10



<PAGE>



holders once all of the objections are resolved  either by written  agreement by
and between the claimant and the Trustee or by order of the Bankruptcy Court.

          5.5.3 The Plan Shares will be issued under  Section 1 145 of the Code.
     Under  Section  1145(d) of the Code,  the Plan Shares  issued to holders of
     Allowed   Unsecured   Claims  are  not  subject  to  any   restrictions  on
     transferability. Prior to the completion of a reverse merger or acquisition
     and certain  required  filings with the National  Association of Securities
     Dealers,  Inc. to be made thereafter,  there will be no established trading
     market for the Plan Shares.  Moreover,  to ensure  compliance  with Section
     1145(d)(3) of the Code in order to secure  discharge  thereunder,  all Plan
     Shares issued to holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims shall be enjoined from
     trading by the Confirmation  Order until the completion of a reverse merger
     or acquisition. The Plan Shares issued to HFG are subject to the provisions
     of Section 1145(a)(1)(A) of the Code.

     5.6 Post Confirmation Date Reporting.
         --------------------------------

          An  officer  of  each  Post  Confirmation   Debtor  shall  forward  to
     shareholders  written confirmation of the completion of a reverse merger or
     acquisition transaction within 15 days of the date of such completion.

     5.  Article  6.2,  Vesting  of the  Property  in the  Trust  will  have the
following  subsections  amended to read as follows  (stricken  out  portions are
deletions and bolded portions are the changes):

     c.   Any and all of the  Debtors'  money in the Debtors'  bank  accounts or
          held by others on behalf of the Debtors  and any other  monies or sums
          to which the  Debtors  or their  estates  may be  entitled  hereafter,
          except that  in the  event that  HFG elects to have its Administrative

POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                    Page - 11



<PAGE>



          Claims   paid  by  the  receipt  of  the  Plan  Shares  of  each  Post
          Confirmation Debtor, for $2,500 will remain in each Debtor.

     f.   Property  expressly  excludes each of the Post  Confirmation  Debtors'
          corporate Shell structure and the Plan Shares.





Dated this 29th day of, January, 1997.
           ----

CREDITORS TRUST FOR OCA ACQUISITION, INC
BENSON OPTICAL CO.  INC AND SUPERIOR
OPTICAL COMPANY, INC.


By:      /s/ Alan Katz                               
         ------------------
         Alan Katz, Trustee


OPTICAL ACQUISITION CORP.



By:      /s/ Tim Halter    
         ---------------------                 
         Tim Halter, President



POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                    Page - 12



<PAGE>


EYECARE ACQUISITION CORP.



By:      /s/ Tim Halter                     
         ---------------------
         Tim Halter, President


POST CONFIRMATION MODIFICATIONS TO THE
DEBTOR'S FIRST AMENDED JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION                    Page - 13



<PAGE>



Jay W. Ungerman
State Bar No. 20393000
UNGERMAN SWEET & BROUSSEAU, P.C.
2515 McKinney Ave.
Suite 800
Dallas, Texas 75201-1993
Telephone:                 (214) 747-3536
Facsimile:                 (214) 747-0068

ATTORNEYS FOR THE TRUSTEE OF THE CREDITORS TRUST

E. P. Keiffer
State Bar No. 11181700
BURKE, WRIGHT & KEIFFER, P.C.
2900 Renaissance Tower
1201 Elm Street
Dallas, TX  75270-2102
Phone:  (214) 742-2900
Fax:     (214) 748-6815

ATTORNEYS FOR POST CONFIRMATION DEBTORS

                      IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
                       FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
                                 DALLAS DIVISION

IN RE:                                ss.
                                      ss.
OCA ACQUISITION, INC., NOW            ss.    CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11
KNOWN AS OPTICAL CORPORATION          ss.
OF AMERICA,                           ss.
                                      ss.
         DEBTOR.                      ss.
                                      ss.
IN RE:                                ss.
                                      ss.
BENSON OPTICAL CO., INC.,             ss.    CASE NO. 395-35857-RCM-11
                                      ss.
         DEBTOR.                      ss.
                                      ss.
IN RE:                                ss.
                                      ss.    CASE NO. 395-36572-RCM-11
SUPERIOR OPTICAL COMPANY, INC.        ss.
                                      ss.    JOINTLY ADMINISTERED:            
         DEBTOR.                      ss.    CASE NO. 395-35856-RCM-11 


ORDER

                                                                        Page - 1

<PAGE>


                                      ORDER

     Came on to be heard this ____ day of  February,  1996,  the  Trustee of the
Creditors  Trust  for the above  referenced  Debtors  and the post  confirmation
debtors,  Optical Acquisition Corp. and Eyecare  Acquisition Corp,  (hereinafter
the "Movants")  Motion for Approval of Post  Confirmation  Modifications  to the
Debtors' First Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization  (hereinafter the "Movants'
Motion").  The Court,  after making separate findings of fact and conclusions of
law, and noting that due notice under F.R.B.P. 2002 had been given to the twenty
(20) largest creditors and those requesting notice, that there are no objections
that the  modifications  affect any class  that  voted to accept,  in a material
adversely  manner,  finds that just cause exists to determine the Debtors' First
Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization in the above entitled and numbered case to
have been  modified  in  accordance  with said First  Amended  Joint Plan and 11
U.S.C. ss. 1127. It is therefore

     ORDERED that the Movants'  Motion is hereby  granted and the Debtors' First
Amended Joint Plan of  Reorganization so modified as set forth in Exhibit "1" to
the  Movant's  Motion,  is now the plan in this case under 11 U. S. C. ss.  1127
(b). SO ORDERED

     Signed this FEB 28 1997 day of February, 1997.
                 -----------
                                                           /s/ Robert C. McGuire
                                                           ---------------------
                                                           ROBERT C. MCGUIRE
                                                           U.S. BANKRUPTCY JUDGE


ORDER

                                                                        Page - 2


                                   Exhibit 2.2



                                    * * * * *


                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER


                                  by and among


                    Hilltop Acquisition Holding Corporation,


                    Womack Gilman Investment Services, L.C.,


                          Halter Financial Group, Inc.

                                       and

                      Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.



                                    * * * * *


                                November 23, 1998




<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>      <C>                                                                                                     <C> 

ARTICLE/SECTION                                                                                                PAGE
- ---------------                                                                                                ----

         RECITALS.................................................................................................1

ARTICLE I         THE MERGER......................................................................................1

         1.1      The Merger......................................................................................1
         1.2      Closing.........................................................................................1
         1.3      Effective Time of the Merger....................................................................1
         1.4      The Surviving Corporation.......................................................................2
         1.5      Conversion of Shares............................................................................2
         1.6      Stock Certificates..............................................................................2
         1.7      Fractional Shares...............................................................................3
         1.8      Dissenting Shares...............................................................................3

ARTICLE 2         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ALFORD........................................................3

         2.1      Organization....................................................................................3
         2.2      Capitalization..................................................................................3
         2.3      Certain Corporate Matters.......................................................................3
         2.4      Authority Relative to this Agreement............................................................4
         2.5      Consents and Approvals; No Violations...........................................................4
         2.6      Disclosure......................................................................................4

ARTICLE 3         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY, WGI
                  AND HFG.........................................................................................4

         3.1      Organization....................................................................................4
         3.2      Capitalization            ......................................................................4
         3.3      Certain Corporate Matters.......................................................................5
         3.4      Authority Relative to this Agreement............................................................5
         3.5      Consents and Approvals; No Violations...........................................................5
         3.6      Subsidiaries....................................................................................6
         3.7      Financial Statements               .............................................................6
         3.8      Events Subsequent to Financial Statements                     ..................................6
         3.9      Undisclosed Liabilities.........................................................................7
         3.10     Tax Matters.....................................................................................7
         3.11     Real Property             ......................................................................7
         3.12     Books and Records...............................................................................7
         3.13     Questionable Payments...........................................................................7
         3.14     Environmental Matters...........................................................................8
         3.15     Intellectual Property     .....................................................................10
         3.16     Insurance......................................................................................10
         3.17     Contracts......................................................................................10
         3.18     Litigation.....................................................................................10


                                        i

<PAGE>



         3.19     Employees......................................................................................10
         3.20     Employee Benefit Plans.........................................................................10
         3.21     Legal Compliance...............................................................................10
         3.22     Broker's Fees..................................................................................11
         3.23     Disclosure.....................................................................................11

ARTICLE 4         CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE CLOSING........................................................11

         4.1      Conduct of Business by the Company Pending the Closing.........................................11
         4.2      Other Actions..................................................................................12

ARTICLE 5         ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS                                                                          12

         5.1      Access and Information.........................................................................12
         5.2      Proxy Statement................................................................................12
         5.3      Meeting of Shareholders........................................................................13
         5.4      Certain Information............................................................................13
         5.5      Press Releases.................................................................................13

ARTICLE 6         CONDITIONS OF CLOSING..........................................................................13

         6.1      Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Closing..................................13
         6.2      Additional Conditions to Alford's Obligations..................................................13
         6.3      Additional Conditions to the Obligations of the Company, WGI and HFG...........................14

ARTICLE 7         TERMINATION....................................................................................15

         7.1      Termination by Mutual Consent..................................................................15
         7.2      Termination by Any Party.......................................................................16
         7.3      Material Breach................................................................................16
         7.4      Effect of Termination..........................................................................16

ARTICLE 8         GENERAL PROVISIONS.............................................................................16

         8.1      Notices........................................................................................16
         8.2      Interpretation.................................................................................16
         8.3      Severability...................................................................................16
         8.4      Miscellaneous..................................................................................17
         8.5      Separate Counsel...............................................................................17
         8.6      Governing Law..................................................................................17
         8.7      Counterparts...................................................................................17
         8.8      Amendment......................................................................................17
         8.9      Parties In Interest; No Third Party Beneficiaries..............................................17
         8.10     Waiver.........................................................................................17
         8.11     Expenses.......................................................................................17

</TABLE>




                                        ii

<PAGE>



                          AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

         This Agreement and Plan of Merger,  dated as of November 23, 1998 (this
"Agreement"),  is made and entered into by and among Hilltop Acquisition Holding
Corporation,  a Texas  corporation  (the  "Company"),  Womack Gilman  Investment
Services,  L.C., a Texas limited  liability  company  ("WGI"),  Halter Financial
Group, Inc., a Texas corporation  ("HFG"),  and Alford Refrigerated  Warehouses,
Inc., a Texas corporation ("Alford").

         WHEREAS,  the  respective  Boards of Directors of the Company,  WGI and
Alford have adopted resolutions  approving and adopting the proposed merger (the
"Merger")  of Alford  with and into the  Company  upon the terms and  conditions
hereinafter set forth in this Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  WGI and HFG, which own  approximately  54.5% and 28.4% of the
outstanding common stock of the Company, respectively, desire to enter into this
Agreement for the purpose of evidencing their consent to the consummation of the
Merger  and for the  purpose  of  making  certain  representations,  warranties,
covenants and agreements;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  foregoing  premises,  the
representations,  warranties and agreements  contained herein and other good aid
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto
agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   THE MERGER

         1.1 The Merger.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
at the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined),  Alford shall be merged with and
into the Company and the separate corporate  existence of Alford shall thereupon
cease.  The  Company  (sometimes  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Surviving
Corporation") shall be the surviving corporation in the Merger. The Merger shall
have the effects set forth in the  applicable  provisions of the Texas  Business
Corporation Act (the "TBCA").

         1.2 Closing. The closing of the Merger (the "Closing") shall take place
at 11:30 a.m.,  central  standard  time, at the offices of Jackson Walker L.L.P.
located at 1100 Louisiana Street,  Suite 4200, Houston,  Texas 77002 on December
15,  1998,  or as soon as the  conditions  set  forth  in  Article  6 have  been
satisfied or waived or as soon as  practicable  thereafter.  Such date is herein
referred to as the "Closing Date."

         1.3 Effective  Time of the Merger.  If all the conditions to the Merger
set  forth in  Article  6 shall  have been  fulfilled  or  waived in  accordance
herewith and this Agreement shall not have been  terminated,  the parties hereto
shall  cause  Articles  of  Merger  (the  "Articles  of  Merger")  that meet the
applicable  requirements of the TBCA to be properly  executed and filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Texas on the Closing  Date.  The Merger shall
be effective at the time of filing of the Articles of Merger with the  Secretary
of State of  the State of  Texas in accordance  with the TBCA,  or at such later


                                        2

<PAGE>



time which the parties  hereto  shall have agreed  upon and  designated  in such
filing as the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time").

         1.4      The Surviving Corporation.
                  -------------------------

                  (a) Articles of  Incorporation.  The Articles of Incorporation
         of Alford  shall be the  Articles  of  Incorporation  of the  Surviving
         Corporation.  However,  prior to the  Effective  Time,  the Articles of
         Incorporation  of the  Company  shall be amended by this  Agreement  as
         follows:

                    (i)  The  following  sentence  shall be  included in Article
                         Four:

                    "Each one share of the Corporation's Common Stock issued and
                    outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of these
                    Articles   of   Incorporation   shall  be  and   hereby   is
                    automatically  changed without further action into .625 of a
                    fully  paid and  nonassessable  share  of the  Corporation's
                    Common Stock,  provided  that no fractional  shares shall be
                    issued pursuant to such change.  The Corporation shall issue
                    to each  shareholder  who would  otherwise  be entitled to a
                    fractional  share as a result of such  change one full share
                    of the Corporation's Common Stock."

               (b) Bylaws.  The Bylaws of Alford as in effect  immediately prior
          to  the   Effective   Time  shall  be  the  Bylaws  of  the  Surviving
          Corporation.

               (c) Directors and Officers.  The directors and officers of Alford
          immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial directors
          and officers of the Surviving  Corporation  and shall hold office from
          the Effective Time until their respective  successors are duly elected
          or  appointed  and qualify in the manner  provided in the  Articles of
          Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, or as otherwise
          provided by law.

         1.5  Conversion  of Shares.  At the  Effective  Time and subject to the
limitations  contained herein, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on
the part of the Company or Alford or any holder of capital stock of any of them,
each share of common stock of Alford, $0.01 (the "Alford Common Stock"),  issued
and outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically
converted  into the right to  receive  655.1372  shares  of common  stock of the
Company,  par value $.0l per share (the "Company Common  Stock").  Following the
Merger,  the shareholders of Alford will own  approximately  93.6% of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of Company Common Stock.  Schedule "A" attached  hereto
details the  ownership of the Company  Common Stock prior and  subsequent to the
Merger.

         1.6 Stock Certificates. At or following the Effective Time, each holder
of an outstanding  certificate or certificates  representing Alford Common Stock
shall  surrender  the same to the  Company and the  Company  shall,  in exchange
therefor,  cause  to be  issued  to the  holder  of  such  certificate(s)  a new
certificate  representing  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock in accordance with


                                        3

<PAGE>



with Section  1.5,  less any amount  required to be  withheld  under  applicable
federal,  state or local tax  requirements,  and the surrendered  certificate(s)
shall be canceled.  Until so surrendered  and exchanged,  each such  certificate
shall  represent  solely the right to receive  shares of Company Common Stock in
accordance with Section 1.5, without interest and less any tax withholding.

         1.7  Fractional  Shares.  No fractional  shares of Company Common Stock
shall be issued in the Merger. In the event that a holder of Alford Common Stock
would  otherwise be entitled to receive any fractional  shares of Company Common
Stock as a result of the Merger,  such  holder  shall be entitled to receive one
full share in lieu thereof.

         1.8  Dissenting  Shares.  Each share of Company Common Stock and Alford
Common Stock issued and outstanding  immediately prior to the Effective Time not
voted in favor of the Merger,  the holder of which has given  written  notice of
the exercise of dissenter's  rights and has perfected such rights as required by
the TBCA, is herein called a "Dissenting  Share." Dissenting Shares shall not be
converted  into or represent the right to receive shares of Company Common Stock
pursuant  to this  Article I and shall be  entitled  only to such  rights as are
available to such holder  pursuant to the TBCA,  unless the holder thereof shall
have withdrawn or forfeited his  dissenter's  rights.  Each holder of Dissenting
Shares shall be entitled to receive the value of such Dissenting  Shares held by
him in accordance  with the applicable  provisions of the TBCA. The Company will
promptly pay to any holder of Dissenting Shares such amount as such holder shall
be entitled to receive in accordance with the applicable provisions of the TBCA.
If any holder of  Dissenting  Shares shall  effectively  withdraw or forfeit his
dissenter's  rights under the TBCA,  such  Dissenting  Shares shall be converted
into the right to receive shares of Company Common Stock in accordance with this
Article 1.

                                    ARTICLE 2
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ALFORD

         Alford hereby  represents  and warrants to the Company,  WGI and HFG as
follows:

         2.1  Organization.  Alford  has  been  duly  incorporated,  is  validly
existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its state of
incorporation, and has the requisite corporate power to carry on its business as
now conducted.

         2.2 Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of Alford consists of
50,000,000  shares of Alford Common Stock, of which 10,000 shares are issued and
outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share,
none of which  have  been  issued  or are  outstanding.  All of the  issued  and
outstanding  shares of Alford Common Stock are duly authorized,  validly issued,
fully  paid,   nonassessable  and  free  of  preemptive  rights.  There  are  no
outstanding  or  authorized  options,  rights,   warrants,   calls,  convertible
securities,  rights  to  subscribe,  conversion  rights or other  agreements  or
commitments  to which  Alford  is a party  or  which  are  binding  upon  Alford
providing  for the  issuance or transfer by Alford of  additional  shares of its
capital  stock and Alford has not reserved  any shares of its capital  stock for
issuance,  nor are there any outstanding stock option rights,  phantom equity or
similar rights, contracts,  arrangements or commitments.  There  are  no  voting
trusts or any other  agreements or understandings  with respect to the voting of
Alford's capital stock.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         2.3 Certain Corporate Matters.  Alford is duly qualified to do business
as a foreign  corporation and is in good standing in each  jurisdiction in which
the ownership of its properties,  the employment of its personnel or the conduct
of its business requires it to be so qualified,  except where such failure would
not have a material adverse effect on Alford's financial  condition,  results of
operations or business.  Alford has full  corporate  power and authority and all
authorizations, licenses and permits necessary to carry on the business in which
it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it.

         2.4  Authority  Relative to this  Agreement.  Alford has the  requisite
corporate  power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its
obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
by Alford and the consummation by Alford of the transactions contemplated hereby
have been duly  authorized by the Board of Directors and  shareholders of Alford
and no other  actions  on the part of Alford are  necessary  to  authorize  this
Agreement or the transactions  contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly
and validly executed and delivered by Alford and constitutes a valid and binding
agreement of Alford,  enforceable  against Alford in accordance  with its terms,
except as such  enforcement  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other
similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally or by
general principles of equity.

         2.5  Consents  and  Approvals:  No  Violations.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.5, no filing with, and no permit, authorization,  consent or approval
of, any third party,  public body or authority is necessary for the consummation
by  Alford of the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement.  Neither  the
execution  and  delivery of this  Agreement  by Alford nor the  consummation  by
Alford of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  nor compliance by Alford with
any of the provisions hereof,  will (a) conflict with or result in any breach of
any provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Alford,  (b) result
in a violation or breach of, or constitute  (with or without due notice or lapse
of  time or  both)  a  default  (or  give  rise  to any  right  of  termination,
cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms,  conditions or provisions
of any note, bond, mortgage,  indenture,  license, contract,  agreement or other
instrument or obligation to which Alford or any of its  subsidiaries  is a party
or by  which  any of them or  their  properties  or  assets  may be bound or (c)
violate  any  order,  writ,  injunction,  decree,  statute,  rule or  regulation
applicable  to Alford,  any of its  subsidiaries  or any of their  properties or
assets,  except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) for  violations,  breaches or
defaults which are not in the aggregate  material to Alford and its subsidiaries
taken as a whole.

         2.6 Disclosure. The representations,  warranties and statements of fact
made by Alford in this  Agreement  are,  as  applicable,  accurate,  correct and
complete and do not contain any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to
state  any  material  fact  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  and
information contained herein not false or misleading.


                                        5

<PAGE>




                                    ARTICLE 3
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                            THE COMPANY, WGI AND HFG

         The  Company,  WGI and, as it relates to the Company  only,  HFG hereby
jointly and severally represent and warrant to Alford as follows:

         3.1 Qrganization.  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its  incorporation,
and has the requisite corporate power to carry on its business as now conducted.

         3.2 Capitalization.  The Company's authorized capital stock consists of
40,000,000  shares of Company Common Stock, of which 1,100,201 shares are issued
and outstanding  and 10,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,  par value $.01 per
share,  of which  none are  presently  issued  and  outstanding.  All issued and
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are duly authorized,  validly issued,
fully  paid,   nonassessable  and  free  of  preemptive  rights.  There  are  no
outstanding  or  authorized  options,  rights,   warrants,   calls,  convertible
securities,  rights  to  subscribe,  conversion  rights or other  agreements  or
commitments  to which the Company or WGI are  parties or which are binding  upon
the Company or WGI  providing for the issuance by the Company or transfer by the
Company or WGI of additional shares of its capital stock and the Company has not
reserved  any  shares  of its  capital  stock  for  issuance,  nor are there any
outstanding  stock option rights,  phantom equity or similar rights,  contracts,
arrangements or commitments.  There are no voting trusts or any other agreements
or understandings with respect to the voting of the Company's capital stock.

         3.3  Certain  Corporate  Matters.  The  Company  is  duly  licensed  or
qualified to do business  and is in good  standing as a foreign  corporation  in
every jurisdiction in which the character of the Company's  properties or nature
of the Company's  business requires it to be so licensed or qualified other than
such jurisdictions in which the failure to be so licensed or qualified does not,
or  insofar as can  reasonably  be  foreseen,  in the  future  will not,  have a
material  adverse  effect on its financial  condition,  results of operations or
business.   The  Company  has  full  corporate   power  and  authority  and  all
authorizations, licenses and permits necessary to carry on the business in which
it is engaged or in which it proposes presently to engage and to own and use the
properties  owned and used by it. The  Company  has  delivered  to Alford  true,
accurate and complete copies of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws,  which
reflect all restatements of and amendments made thereto at any time prior to the
date of this Agreement. The records of meetings of the shareholders and Board of
Directors of the Company are complete and correct in all material respects.  The
stock  records  of the  Company  and the  shareholder  lists of the  Company  as
previously  furnished  to Alford by the Company are  complete and correct in all
material respects and accurately reflect the record ownership and the beneficial
ownership of all the outstanding  shares of the Company's  capital stock and any
other outstanding  securities  issued by the Company.  The Company is not in any
material  default  or  in  violation  of  any  restriction,  lien,  encumbrance,
indenture,  contract,  lease, sublease, loan agreement, note or other obligation
or liability by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         3.4 Authority Relative to this Agreement.  Each of the Company, WGI and
HFG has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement
and carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance
of this  Agreement  by the  Company  and the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby have been duly authorized by the Boards of Directors of the
Company, WGI and HFG and no other actions on the part of the Company, WGI or HFG
are  necessary to authorize  this  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.  This Agreement has been duly and validly  executed and delivered by the
Company,  WGI and HFG and  constitutes  a valid and  binding  obligation  of the
Company,  WGI and HFG,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforcement  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  laws
affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'   rights  generally  or  by  general
principles of equity.

         3.5  Consents  and  Approvals:  No  Violations.  Except for  applicable
requirements of federal  securities laws and state  securities or blue sky laws,
no filing with, and no permit, authorization,  consent or approval of, any third
party,  public  body or  authority  is  necessary  for the  consummation  by the
Company, WGI and HFG of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither
the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, WGI and HFG nor the
consummation by the Company, WGI or HFG of the transactions contemplated hereby,
nor  compliance by the Company,  WGI or HFG with any of the  provisions  hereof,
will (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any provisions of the Articles
of Incorporation or Bylaws of Company,  WGI or HFG, (b) result in a violation or
breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a
default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration)
under, any of the terms,  conditions or provisions of any note, bond,  mortgage,
indenture,  license,  contract,  agreement or other  instrument or obligation to
which  either  the  Company,  WGI or HFG is a party or by which it or any of its
properties  or assets may be bound or (c) violate any order,  writ,  injunction,
decree,  statute,  rule or regulation  applicable to the Company, WGI or HFG, or
any of their properties or assets, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) for
violations,  breaches or defaults which are not in the aggregate material to the
Company, WGI or HFG taken as a whole.

         3.6 Subsidiaries.  Except for Hilltop Acquisition Corporation,  a Texas
corporation,  the  Company  does not own,  directly  or  indirectly,  any of the
capital  stock  of  any  other  corporation  or  any  equity,   profit  sharing,
participation or other interest in any corporation,  partnership,  joint venture
or other entity.

         3.7 Financial  Statements.  The Company has delivered to Alford audited
financial  statements  comprised of the following:  (a) its balance sheets as of
August  31,1997 and December 31, 1996;  (b) its statements of operations for the
period from August 9, 1996 and for the eight months  ended August 31, 1997;  (c)
its  statements  of cash  flows for the period  from  August 9, 1996 and for the
eight  months  ended  August  31,  1997;  and (d) its  statements  of changes in
shareholders' equity for the period from August 9, 1996 and for the eight months
ended August 4, 1997 (collectively,  the "Financial Statements").  The Financial
Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles  consistently  applied  throughout  the periods  covered  thereby and
present  fairly the financial  condition of the Company as of such dates and the
results of its operations and changes in cash flows for such periods.


                                        7

<PAGE>



         3.8 Events Subsequent to  Financial Statements.  Since August 31, 1997,
there has not been:

                  (a) Any material  adverse change  in the  financial condition,
         results of operations or business of the Company;

                  (b) Any sale,  lease,  transfer,  license or assignment of any
         assets, tangible or intangible, of the Company;

                  (c) Any damage,  destruction or property loss,  whether or not
         covered by insurance, affecting adversely the properties or business of
         the Company;

                  (d)  Any  declaration  or  setting  aside  or  payment  of any
         dividend or distribution with respect to the shares of capital stock of
         the Company or any  redemption,  purchase or other  acquisition  of any
         such shares;

                  (e)  Any subjection to any lien on any of the assets, tangible
         or intangible, of the Company;

                  (f)  Any incurrence of indebtedness or liability or assumption
         of obligations by the Company;

                  (g)  Any waiver or release by  the Company of any right of any
         material value;

                  (h) Any compensation or benefits paid to officers or directors
         of the Company;

                  (i) Any change made or authorized in the Articles of Incor-
         poration or Bylaws of the Company; or

                  (j)  Any  loan  to or  other  transaction  with  any  officer,
         director  or  shareholder  of the  Company  giving rise to any claim or
         right of the Company  against any such person or of such person against
         the Company.

         3.9 Undisclosed Liabilities.  The Company has, no material liability or
obligation whatsoever, either direct or indirect, matured or unmatured, accrued,
absolute, contingent or otherwise.

         3.10     Tax Matters.
                  -----------

                  (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10, the Company has (and
         as of the  Closing  Date will have) duly  filed all  material  federal,
         state,  local and foreign  tax returns  required to be filed by or with
         respect to it with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or other  applicable
         taxing  authority,  and no extensions  with respect to such tax returns
         have (or as of the Closing Date will have) been requested or granted;



                                        8

<PAGE>



                  (b) The  Company  has (and as of the  Closing  Date will have)
         paid, or adequately reserved against in the Financial  Statements,  all
         material taxes due, or claimed by any taxing  authority to be due, from
         or with respect to it;

                  (c) To the best  knowledge of the Company,  WGI and HFG, there
         has been no material issue raised or material  adjustment proposed (and
         none is pending) by the  Internal  Revenue  Service or any other taxing
         authority in connection with any of the tax returns;

                  (d) No waiver or extension of any statute of limitations as to
         any material federal, state, local or foreign tax matter has been given
         by or requested from the Company; and

                  (e) The Company has not filed a consent  under Section 341 (f)
         of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         For the purposes of this Section 3.10, a tax is due (and must therefore
either be paid or adequately reserved against in the Financial  Statements) only
on the last date payment of such tax can be made without  interest or penalties,
whether such payment is due in respect of estimated  taxes,  withholding  taxes,
required tax credits or any other tax.

         3.11 Real Property.  The Company does  not own or  lease any real  pro-
perty.

         3.12 Books and  Records.  The books and records of the  Company  fairly
reflect  the  transactions  to which  the  Company  is a party  or by which  its
properties are bound.

         3.13 Questionable  Payments.  Neither the Company,  WGI nor HFG nor any
employee,  agent or  representative  of any of them has, directly or indirectly,
made any bribes, kickbacks,  illegal payments or illegal political contributions
using  Company  funds  or  made  any  payments  from  the  Company's   funds  to
governmental  officials for improper  purposes or made any illegal payments from
the Company's funds to obtain or retain business.

         3.14     Environmental Matters.

                  (a)  Definitions.  For  the  purpose  of this  Agreement,  the
         following terms shall have the meaning herein specified:

                           (i)  "Governmental  Authority"  shall mean the United
                  States,  each  state,  each  county,  each city and each other
                  political  subdivision  in which  the  Company's  business  is
                  located,  and any  court,  political  subdivision,  agency  or
                  instrumentality with jurisdiction over the Company's business.

                           (ii)   "Environmental   Laws"   shall  mean  (A)  the
                  Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,   Compensation   and
                  Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund  Amendments
                  and  Reauthorization  Act of 1986,  42  U.S.C.A.  9601 et seq.
                  ("CERCLA"), (B) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as


                                        9

<PAGE>



                  amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste  Amendment of 1984,42
                  U.S.C.A.  6901 et seq.  ("RCRA"),  (C) the Clean  Air Act,  42
                  U.S.C.A. 7401 et seq., (D) the Federal Water Pollution Control
                  Act,  as  amended,  33  U.S.C.A.  1251 et seq.,  (E) the Toxic
                  Substances  Control  Act,  15 U.S.C.A.  2601 et seq.,  (F) all
                  applicable  state laws,  and (G) all other laws and ordinances
                  relating to municipal waste, solid waste, air pollution, water
                  pollution and/or the handling, discharge, disposal or recovery
                  of on-site or off-site hazardous  substances or materials,  as
                  each of the  foregoing  has been or may  hereafter  be amended
                  from time to time.

                           (iii) "Hazardous Materials" shall mean, among others,
                  (A) any "hazardous  waste" as defined by RCRA, and regulations
                  promulgated  thereunder;  (B)  any  "hazardous  substance"  as
                  defined by CERCLA, and regulations promulgated thereunder; (C)
                  any  "toxic   pollutant"  as  defined  in  the  Federal  Water
                  Pollution  Prevention  and Control Act, as amended,  33 U.S.C.
                  1251 et seq., (commonly known as "CWA" for "Clean Water Act"),
                  and  any  regulations  thereunder;   (D)  any  "hazardous  air
                  pollutant"  as defined  in the Air  Pollution  Prevention  and
                  Control  Act, as  amended,  42 U.S.C.  7401 et seq.  (commonly
                  known  as "CAA"  for  "Clean  Air  Act")  and any  regulations
                  thereunder;  (E) asbestos; (F) polychlorinated  biphenyls; (G)
                  any substance  the presence of which on the Business  Location
                  (as  hereinafter  defined) is prohibited by any  Environmental
                  Laws;  and (H) any other  substance  which is regulated by any
                  Environmental Laws.

                           (iv) "Hazardous  Materials  Contamination" shall mean
                  the presence of Hazardous Materials in the soil,  groundwater,
                  air or any other media regulated by the Environmental Laws on,
                  under  or  around  the  Company's   facilities  at  levels  or
                  concentration   which  trigger  any   requirement   under  the
                  Environmental Laws to remove,  remediate,  mitigate,  abate or
                  otherwise  reduce the level or  concentration of the Hazardous
                  Materials.  The term "Hazardous Materials  Contamination" does
                  not include the  presence of  Hazardous  Materials  in process
                  tanks, lines,  storage or reactor vessels,  delivery trucks or
                  any other equipment or containers,  which Hazardous  Materials
                  are used in the manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use,
                  storage, sale, handling,  transportation,  recycling, reuse or
                  disposal  of  the  products  that  were  manufactured   and/or
                  distributed by the Company.

                  (b)  Representations  and Warranties.  Based on the foregoing,
         the Company,  WGI and, as it relates to the Company only and except for
         (iii) below, HFG jointly and severally represent and warrant that:

                           (i) To the best  knowledge  of the  Company,  WGI and
                  HFG,  there has been no  material  failure  by the  Company to
                  comply with all applicable  requirements of Environmental Laws
                  relating to the Company,  the  Company's  operations,  and the
                  Company's   manufacture,    processing,   distribution,   use,
                  treatment,  generation,   recycling,  reuses,  sale,  storage,
                  handling, transportation or disposal of any Hazardous Material
                  and neither the Company,  WGI nor HFG is aware of any facts or


                                       10

<PAGE>



                  circumstances  which  could  materially impair such compliance
                  with all applicable Environmental Laws.

                           (ii)  Neither the Company,  WGI nor HFG has,  through
                  the  Closing  Date,  received  notice  from  any  Governmental
                  Authority  or any  other  person  of  any  actual  or  alleged
                  violation of any  Environmental  Laws,  nor is any such notice
                  anticipated.

                           (iii) Prior to the Closing Date, neither the Company,
                  WGI nor HFG will do or permit  anything  that  will  cause the
                  Company to be in material  violation  of any  requirements  of
                  Environmental   Laws,   or  do  or  permit  a   violation   of
                  Environmental  Laws that would materially and adversely affect
                  the financial  condition of the Company or subject the Company
                  to any enforcement actions under any Environmental Laws.

                           (iv)  To  the   best   knowledge   of  the   Company,
                  Environmental  Laws do not require that any permits,  licenses
                  or similar authorizations to construct,  occupy or operate any
                  equipment or  facilities  used in the conduct of the Company's
                  business.

                           (v) No  Hazardous  Materials  are now  located at the
                  Business Location,  and, to the best knowledge of the Company,
                  WGI and HFG, the Company has not ever caused or permitted  any
                  Hazardous  Materials to be generated,  placed,  stored,  held,
                  handled,  located  or used at the  Business  Location,  except
                  those which may lawfully be used,  transported,  stored, held,
                  handled,  generated or placed at the Business  Location in the
                  conduct of the Company's business.

                           (vi)  Neither the  Company,  WGI nor HFG has received
                  any  notices,  whether from a  Governmental  Authority or some
                  other  third  party,  that  Hazardous  Material  Contamination
                  exists  at the  Business  Location  or at any  other  location
                  utilized by the Company in the conduct of its  business nor is
                  the Company, WGI nor HFG aware of any circumstances that would
                  give rise to an allegation of such contamination.

                           (vii) To the best  knowledge of the Company,  WGI and
                  HFG, no investigation,  administrative order, consent order or
                  agreement,  litigation or settlement with respect to Hazardous
                  Materials or Hazardous  Materials  Contamination  is proposed,
                  threatened,  anticipated,  pending or  otherwise  in existence
                  with respect to the  Business  Location or with respect to any
                  other  site  controlled  or  utilized  by the  Company  in the
                  operation  of its  business.  To  the  best  knowledge  of the
                  Company,  WGI and HFG, the Business  Location is not currently
                  on, and has never been on, any federal or state "Superfund" or
                  "Superlien" list.

         3.15  Intellectual  Property.  The  Company  does  not  own or use  any
trademarks,  tradenames,  service marks, patents, copyrights or any applications
with respect  thereto.  The Company,  WGI and HFG have no knowledge of any claim
that, or inquiry as to whether, any product activity or operation of the Company
infringes upon or involves,  or has resulted in the  infringement of, any trade-
marks, tradenames,  service marks,  patents,  copyrights  or  other  proprietary


                                       11

<PAGE>



rights of any other person, corporation or other entity; and no proceedings have
been instituted, are pending or are threatened.

         3.16     Insurance.  The Company has no insurance policies in effect.

         3.17  Contracts.  The  Company  has  no  material  contracts,   leases,
arrangements  and  commitments  (whether oral or written).  The Company is not a
party  to or  bound  by or  affected  by any  contract,  lease,  arrangement  or
commitment  (whether  oral or written)  relating to: (a) the  employment  of any
person;  (b) collective  bargaining with, or any representation of any employees
by, any labor union or association;  (c) the acquisition of services,  supplies,
equipment or other personal property; (d) the purchase or sale of real property;
(e) distribution, agency or construction; (f) lease of real or personal property
as lessor or lessee or  sublessor  or  sublessee;  (g) lending or  advancing  of
funds; (h) borrowing of funds or receipt of credit; (i) incurring any obligation
or liability; or (j) the sale of personal property.

         3.18 Litigation. The Company is not subject to any judgment or order of
any  court or quasi  judicial  or  administrative  agency  of any  jurisdiction,
domestic or foreign, nor is there any charge,  complaint lawsuit or governmental
investigation pending against the Company. The Company is not a plaintiff in any
action, domestic or foreign,  judicial or administrative.  There are no existing
actions,  suits,  proceedings or investigations of the Company,  and neither the
Company, WGI nor HFG know of any basis for such actions,  suits,  proceedings or
investigations.   There  are  no  unsatisfied  judgments,   orders,  decrees  or
stipulations affecting the Company or to which the Company is a party.

         3.19 Employees. Except for George W. Gilman, the Company's sole officer
and director, the Company does not have any employees.  The Company does not owe
any compensation of any kind, deferred or otherwise,  to any current or previous
employees.  The Company has no written or oral  employment  agreements  with any
officer or  director of the  Company.  The Company is not a party to or bound by
any collective  bargaining  agreement.  There are no loans or other  obligations
payable  or  owing by the  Company  to any  shareholder,  officer,  director  or
employee of the  Company,  nor are there any loans or debts  payable or owing by
any of such persons to the Company or any  guarantees by the Company of any loan
or obligation of any nature to which any such person is a party.

         3.20  Employee  Benefit  Plans.  The Company  has no (a)  non-qualified
deferred or incentive  compensation  or retirement  plans or  arrangements,  (b)
qualified  retirement  plans or arrangements,  (c) other employee  compensation,
severance or termination pay or welfare benefit plans,  programs or arrangements
or (d) any related  trusts,  insurance  contracts or other funding  arrangements
maintained, established or contributed to by the Company.

         3.21 Legal  Compliance.  No claim has been filed  against  the  Company
alleging a violation of any applicable laws and regulations of foreign, federal,
state and local governments and all agencies  thereof.  The Company holds all of
the material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations of foreign,
federal,  state or local  governmental  agencies required for the conduct of its
business as presently conducted.



                                       12

<PAGE>




         3.22 Broker's Fee.  Except as set forth in that Agreement dated October
20, 1998 among the parties and Castor Capital Corporation (the "WGI Agreement"),
neither the Company,  WGI,  HFG nor anyone on their behalf has any  liability to
any  broker,  finder,  investment  banker  or  agent,  or has  agreed to pay any
brokerage fees,  finder's fees or  commissions,  or to reimburse any expenses of
any  broker,  finder,  investment  banker  or  agent  in  connection  with  this
Agreement.

         3.23 Disclosure. The representations, warranties and statements of fact
made by the Company, WGI and BFG in this Agreement are, as applicable, accurate,
correct and complete and do not contain any untrue  statement of a material fact
or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements and
information contained herein not false or misleading.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                     CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE CLOSING

         4.1  Conduct of  Business  by the  Company  Pending  the  Closing.  The
Company, WGI and HFG, with the covenants and agreements of HFG contained in this
Article  to be, as  applicable,  solely on a best  efforts  basis,  jointly  and
severally covenant and agree that prior to the Closing Date:

                  (a) The Company shall con its  business and operations only in
         the usual and ordinary course;

                  (b) Except as  contemplated by this Agreement and as necessary
         to  effect  the  proposals   contained  in  the  Proxy   Statement  (as
         hereinafter  defined),  the Company shall not directly or indirectly do
         any of the following:  (i) sell, pledge,  dispose of or encumber any of
         its   assets;   (ii)  amend  or  propose  to  amend  its   Articles  of
         Incorporation  or  Bylaws;  (iii)  split,  combine  or  reclassify  any
         outstanding  shares of its capital stock, or declare,  set aside or pay
         any dividend or other distribution payable in cash, stock,  property or
         otherwise  with  respect to shares of its capital  stock;  (iv) redeem,
         purchase or acquire or offer to acquire any shares of its capital stock
         or other securities; (v) create any subsidiaries; or (vi) enter into or
         modify any contract, agreement,  commitment or arrangement with respect
         to any of the foregoing;

                  (c) The Company shall not (i) issue,  sell,  pledge or dispose
         of, or agree to issue,  sell,  pledge or  dispose  of,  any  additional
         shares of, or any options, warrants, conversion privileges or rights of
         any kind to acquire any shares of, its capital stock;  (ii) acquire (by
         merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any
         corporation,  partnership or other business organization or division or
         the material assets thereof;  (iii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed
         money,  issue any debt  securities  or guarantee  any  indebtedness  to
         others;  or  (iv)  enter  into  or  modify  any  contract,   agreement,
         commitment or arrangement with respect to any of the foregoing;



                                       13

<PAGE>



                  (d) The Company shall not enter into any employment, severance
         or similar agreements or arrangements with, or grant any bonus,  salary
         increase, severance or termination pay to, any officers or directors;

                  (e) The  Company  shall not adopt any bonus,  profit  sharing,
         compensation, stock option, pension, retirement, deferred compensation,
         employment or other employee benefit plan,  agreement,  trust,  fund or
         arrangement for the benefit or welfare of any employee;

                  (f)  Except  as   otherwise   required  by  its   Articles  of
         Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  by this  Agreement  or by  applicable  law,
         neither   the   Company,   WGI  nor  HFG  shall  call  any  meeting  of
         shareholders;

                  (g) The Company,  WGI and HFG shall (i) use their best efforts
         not to take any action which would render,  or which  reasonably may be
         expected to render, any representation or warranty made by them in this
         Agreement untrue at any time prior to the Closing Date as if then made;
         and (ii) notify  Alford of any  emergency or other change in the normal
         course of its business or in the operation of its properties and of any
         tax  audits,  tax  claims,  governmental  or  third  party  complaints,
         investigations or hearings (or communications  indicating that the same
         may  be  contemplated)  if  such  emergency,   change,   audit,  claim,
         complaint,  investigation or hearing would be material, individually or
         in the aggregate, to the financial condition,  results of operations or
         business of the Company, or to the ability of any of the parties hereto
         to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

                  (h) The Company,  WGI and HFG shall notify Alford  promptly of
         any  material  adverse  event or  circumstance  affecting  the  Company
         (including the filing of any material litigation against the Company or
         the existence of any dispute with any person or entity which involves a
         reasonable likelihood of such litigation being commenced); and

                           (i)  The   Company   shall   comply  with  all  legal
         requirements and contractual  obligations  applicable to its operations
         and business and pay all applicable taxes.

         4.2 Other Actions.  Unless approved in writing by Alford,  the Company,
WGI and HFG shall not take any  action or permit  any action to occur that might
reasonably be expected to result in any of the representations and warranties of
the Company,  WGI and HFG contained in this Agreement  becoming untrue after the
date  hereof or any of the  conditions  to the Closing set forth in Article 6 of
this Agreement not being satisfied.

                                    ARTICLE 5
                              ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

         5.1 Access and  Information.  Except for  information  relating  to any
claims any party may have against the other,  Alford and the Company  shall each
afford  to the other  and to the  other's  financial  advisors,  legal  counsel,
accountants, consultants and  other representatives necessary  access throughout


                                       14

<PAGE>



the period  prior to the Closing to all of its books,  records,  properties  and
personnel  and,  during such period in order to allow each party to complete its
due diligence  review,  each shall furnish promptly to the other all information
as such other party may reasonably request.  Each party shall hold in confidence
certain  information in accordance with that certain  Confidentiality  Agreement
dated October 23, 1998 among the parties hereto.

         5.2 Proxy Statement.  The Company, WGI and their representatives shall,
with the assistance of Alford and its representatives, prepare a Proxy Statement
and  related  Notice  of  Shareholders'   Meeting   (collectively,   the  "Proxy
Statement")  that will submit certain matters to the Company's  shareholders for
approval in accordance with applicable law, including this Agreement.  The Proxy
Statement may also contain  additional  proposals  regarding  such other matters
appropriate  for  shareholder  approval  as may be  mutually  agreed upon by the
parties.

         Alford  shall be  responsible  for  providing  the  information  to WGI
required  in the Proxy  Statement  that  relates  to Alford  and its  management
business and financial  condition.  WGI and the Company shall be responsible for
providing the other information  required in the Proxy Statement that relates to
WGI and the management business and financial condition of the Company.

         5.3 Meeting of  Shareholders.  The Company shall call a special meeting
of its shareholders to be held in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas
to consider and vote upon the proposals contained in the Proxy Statement.

         5.4 Certain  Information.  The Company,  WGI,  Alford and each of their
respective  representatives  shall  prepare  and  assemble  certain  information
regarding the Merger,  the Company and Alford  necessary for the shareholders of
Alford to make an informed investment decision regarding the Merger.

         5.5 Press  Releases.  The Company and Alford  shall  consult  with each
other  as to the  form and  substance  of any  press  release  or  other  public
disclosure  of matters  related  to this  Agreement  or any of the  transactions
contemplated hereby;  provided,  however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to
prohibit any party hereto from making any disclosure that is required to fulfill
such  party's  disclosure   obligations  imposed  by  law,  including,   without
limitation, federal securities laws.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

         6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Closing.  The
respective  obligations  of each  party  hereto to effect the  Closing  shall be
subject to the  fulfillment  on or prior to the  Closing  Date of the  following
conditions:

                  (a) The Merger and any other proposals  contained in the Proxy
         Statement  shall have been approved by the  shareholders of the Company
         in accordance with applicable law; and


                                       15

<PAGE>



                  (b) No order shall have been entered and remained in effect in
         any action or proceeding before any foreign,  federal or state court or
         governmental  agency or other foreign,  federal or state  regulatory or
         administrative  agency or commission that would prevent or make illegal
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

         6.2 Additional Conditions to Alford's  Obligations.  The obligations of
Alford to effect the Closing are subject to the  satisfaction  of the  following
additional conditions on or before the Closing Date:

                  (a) The  representations and warranties set forth in Article 3
         of this Agreement will be true and correct in all material  respects as
         of the date  hereof and at and as of the  Closing  Date as though  then
         made;

                  (b) The  Company,  WGI and HFG shall  have  performed,  in all
         material respects, each obligation and agreement and complied with each
         covenant to be performed and complied with by them under Articles 4 and
         5 of this Agreement prior to the Closing Date;

                  (c) All consents by  governmental  or  regulatory  agencies or
         otherwise  that are  required  to be  obtained  by the  Company for the
         consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will have been
         obtained;

                  (d) No action or proceeding  before any court or  governmental
         body will be pending or threatened wherein a judgment,  decree or order
         would prevent any of the transactions contemplated hereby or cause such
         transactions to be declared unlawful or rescinded;

                  (e) Alford and its financial and legal  representatives  shall
         have completed a due diligence  review of the business,  operations and
         financial  statements  of the  Company,  the  results of which shall be
         satisfactory to Alford in its sole discretion;

                  (f) Alford will have received from Jackson Walker LLP, counsel
         to the Company, an opinion addressed to Alford,  dated the Closing Date
         in a form mutually satisfactory to the parties; and

                  (g) At the Closing, the Company shall have delivered or caused
         to be delivered to Alford the following:

                           (i) a certificate used on behalf of the Company, WGI,
                  and,  HFG stating  that the  conditions  set forth in Sections
                  6.2(a) through (d) of this Agreement have been satisfied;

                           (ii)  resolutions  duly  adopted  by  the  respective
                  Boards of Directors of the  Company,  WGI and, as  applicable,
                  HFG authorizing  and approving the proposals  contained in the
                  Proxy  Statement,  including  the  Merger  and the  execution,
                  delivery and performance of this Agreement;


                                       16

<PAGE>



                           (iii) certificates of existence and good standing for
                  the Company  from the State of Texas,  dated not earlier  than
                  five days prior to the Closing Date;

                           (iv) a copy of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the
                  Company  certified  as of a recent  date by the  Secretary  of
                  State of the State of Texas;

                           (v)  an incumbency certificate of the officers of the
                  Company, WGI and HFG;

                           (vi) the written resignation of George W. Gilman from
                  his  positions  of officer and director of the Company and its
                  wholly-owned subsidiary, Hilltop Acquisition Corporation; and

                           (vii) such other  documents as Alford may  reasonably
                  request  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated
                  hereby.

         6.3 Additional  Conditions to the  Obligations of the Company,  WGI and
HFQ.  The  respective  obligations  of the  Company,  WGI and HFG to effect  the
Closing are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions on or before
the Closing Date:

                  (a) The  representations and warranties set forth in Article 2
         of this Agreement will be true and correct in all material  respects as
         of the date  hereof and at and as of the  Closing  Date as though  then
         made;

                  (b) Alford shall have  performed,  in all  material  respects,
         each obligation and agreement and complied with each covenant  required
         to be  performed  and  complied  with  by it  under  Article  5 of this
         Agreement prior to the Closing Date;

                  (c) All consents by  governmental  or  regulatory  agencies or
         otherwise   that  are  required  to  be  obtained  by  Alford  for  the
         consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will have been
         obtained;

                  (d) No action or proceeding  before any court or  governmental
         body will be pending or threatened wherein a judgment,  decree or order
         would prevent any of the transactions contemplated hereby or cause such
         transactions to be declared unlawful or rescinded;

                  (e) The Company  shall have received from Jenkens & Gilchrist,
         P.C. counsel to Alford,  an opinion  addressed to the Company,  WGI and
         HFG,  dated the Closing  Date in a form  mutually  satisfactory  to the
         parties; and

                  (f) On the Closing  Date,  Alford shall have  delivered to the
         Company the following:



                                       17

<PAGE>



                           (i)  a  certificate  executed  on  behalf  of  Alford
                  stating  that the  conditions  set  forth in  Sections  6.3(a)
                  through (d) of this Agreement have been satisfied;

                           (ii)   resolutions  duly  adopted  by  the  Board  of
                  Directors of Alford  authorizing  and approving the Merger and
                  the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

                           (iii) resolutions duly adopted by the shareholders of
                  Alford  approving the Merger and the  execution,  delivery and
                  performance of this Agreement;

                           (iv)  certificates of existence and good standing for
                  Alford from the State of Texas,  dated not  earlier  than five
                  days prior to the Closing Date;

                           (v) a copy of the Articles of Incorporation of Alford
                  certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the
                  State of Texas;

                           (vi)  an  incumbency  certificate  of the officers of
                  Alford; and

                           (vii)  such  other   documents  as  the  Company  may
                  reasonably   request  in  connection  with  the   transactions
                  contemplated hereby.

                                    ARTICLE 7
                                   TERMINATION

         7.1 Termination by Mutual Consent.  This Agreement may be terminated at
any time prior to the Closing by the mutual consent of the parties hereto.

         7.2  Termination by Any Party.  This Agreement may be terminated by any
party hereto if a United States federal or state court of competent jurisdiction
or United States  federal or state  governmental,  regulatory or  administrative
agency or commission  shall have issued an order,  decree or ruling or taken any
other action  permanently  restraining,  enjoining or otherwise  prohibiting the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and such order,  decree,  ruling or
other action shall have become final and non-appealable; provided, however, that
the party  seeking to terminate  this  Agreement  pursuant to this section shall
have used all reasonable efforts to remove such injunction, order or decree.

         7.3 Material Breach. This Agreement may be terminated if there has been
a material  breach of this  Agreement  and such breach has not been cured by the
alleged  breaching  party  within 30 days of receipt of  written  notice  from a
non-breaching party detailing such breach.

         7.4  Effect  of  Termination.  In the  event  of  termination  of  this
Agreement  pursuant to this  Article 7, all  obligations  of the parties  hereto
shall  terminate,  except  the  obligations  of  the  parties  pursuant  to  the
Confidentiality Agreement referred to in Section 5.1.


                                       18

<PAGE>




                                    ARTICLE 8
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         8.1 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing  and shall be defined to have been duly given if  delivered  personally,
sent by overnight  courier or mailed by  registered  or certified  mail (postage
prepaid  and  return  receipt  requested)  to the  party  to whom the same is so
delivered,  sent or mailed at the following  addresses (or at such other address
for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

         If to the Company or WGI:            George W. Gilman
                                              710 North Post Oak Road, Suite 400
                                              Houston, Texas 77024

         If to HFG:                           Timothy P. Halter, President
                                              Halter Financial Group, Inc.
                                              14160 Dallas Parkway, Suite 950
                                              Dallas, Texas 75240

         If to Alford:                        James C. Williams, Vice President
                                              318 Cadiz Street
                                              Dallas, Texas 75707

                                              Joseph Y. Robichaud
                                              Castor Capital Corporation
                                              3500 Dufferin Street, Suite 300
                                              Downsview, Ontario M3K IN2

         8.2  Interpretation.  The headings  contained in this Agreement are for
reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not  affect  in any  way the  meaning  or
interpretation  of this Agreement.  References to Sections and Articles refer to
sections and articles of this Agreement unless otherwise stated.

         8.3 Severability.  If any term,  provision,  covenant or restriction of
this Agreement is held by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be invalid, void
or  unenforceable,  the  remainder  of  the  terms,  provisions,  covenants  and
restrictions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in
no way be affected,  impaired or invalidated  and the parties shall negotiate in
good  faith to modify  this  Agreement  to  preserve  each  party's  anticipated
benefits under this Agreement.

         8.4  Miscellaneous.  This Agreement  (together with all other documents
and instruments  referred to herein):  (a) constitutes the entire  agreement and
supersedes all other prior agreements and  undertakings,  both written and oral,
among the parties  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof;  (b) except as
expressly set forth herein, is not  intended to confer upon any other person any


                                       19

<PAGE>



rights or remedies  hereunder  and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law
or otherwise, except as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto.

         8.5 Separate Counsel. Each party hereby expressly  acknowledges that it
has been  advised and urged to seek its own  separate  legal  counsel for advice
with respect to this Agreement.

         8.6 Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and construed
and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas,  without regard
to conflicts or choice of law provisions of the State of Texas.

         8.7  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  two or  more
counterparts which together shall constitute a single agreement.

         8.8 Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented
only by an instrument in writing executed by all parties hereto.

         8.9  Parties  In  interest:  No Third  Party  Beneficiaries.  Except as
otherwise  provided  herein,  the terms and conditions of this  Agreement  shall
inure  to the  benefit  of and be  binding  upon  the  respective  heirs,  legal
representatives,  successors and assigns of the parties  hereto.  This Agreement
shall not be deemed to confer  upon any person not a party  hereto any rights or
remedies hereunder.

         8.10 Waiver. No waiver by any party of any default or breach by another
party of any representation,  warranty,  covenant or condition contained in this
Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent  default or breach by
such  party of the  same or any  other  representation,  warranty,  covenant  or
condition. No act, delay, omission or course of dealing on the part of any party
in exercising  any right,  power or remedy under this  Agreement or at law or in
equity  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof or otherwise  prejudice  any of such
party's rights, powers and remedies. All remedies,  whether at law or in equity,
shall be cumulative  and the election of any one or more shall not  constitute a
waiver of the right to pursue other available remedies.

         8.11 Expenses. Except as may be otherwise provided in the WGI Agreement
described above, the parties hereto shall pay all of their own expenses relating
to  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,   including,   without
limitation,  the fees and  expenses of their  respective  counsel and  financial
advisers.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  including  provisions  of  the  WGI
Agreement and the Consulting  Agreement  dated October 20, 1998,  among HFG, the
Company,  Alford  and  others,  WGI shall bear all legal  fees and  expenses  of
Jackson Walker L.L.P. relating to the transactions  contemplated hereby, whether
or not the Merger is consummated.




                                       20

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.

                                          HILLTOP ACQUISITION HOLDING
                                          CORPORATION


                                          By: /s/ George W. Gilman
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              George W. Gilman, President


                                          WOMACK GILMAN INVESTMENT
                                          SERVICES, L.C.


                                          By: /s/ George W. Gilman
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              George W. Gilman
                                              Title:                            
                                                     ---------------------------

                                          HALTER FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.



                                          By:   /s/ Timothy P. Halter
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Timothy P. Halter, President


                                          ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES,
                                          INC.



                                          By:  /s/ James C. Williams            
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               James C. Williams, Vice President




                                       21



                             INCORPORATED UNDER THE
                           LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS

    COMMON STOCK                                                    COMMON STOCK
      NUMBER ARW                                                          SHARES


    This certificate is transferable in                        CUSIP 01542P 10 7
    Dallas, Texas and New York, New York


                      Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.


         This Certifies that
                              --------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     is the owner of
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

     FULLY PAID AND NON-TRANSFERABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF


                                       ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

(hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation")  transferable on the books of the
Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly  authorized  attorney upon
surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares
represented  hereby are issued under and shall be subject to all the  provisions
of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  and the Bylaws of the  Corporation  and any
amendments  thereto,  copies of which are on file with the  Corporation  and the
Transfer Agent, to all of which the holder, by acceptance hereof, assents

This  Certificate  is not  valid  unless  countersigned  and  registered  by the
Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the  Corporation  and the facsimile  signatures of
its duly authorized officers.

Dated: ____________

       ______________________________            Countersigned and Registered:
                      PRESIDENT                  Securities Transfer Corporation
                                                 P.O. Box 701829
       ______________________________            Dallas, TX   75370-00001
                      SECRETARY
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR-
                                                 AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE



<PAGE>


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.

         The Articles of  Incorporation of the Corporation on file in the office
of the Secretary of State of Texas set forth (a) the aggregrate number of shares
and the par value of each  class of  capital  shares  which the  Corporation  is
authorized to issue together with the designations, preferences, limitations and
relative rights of each such class;  (b) a statement of the authority  vested in
the  Board  of  Directors  to  establish  series  and to fix and  determine  the
variations in the relative rights and preferences between any such series of the
Preferred  Stock  so  established;  (c) a denial  of  preemptive  rights  of the
shareholders to acquire unissued or treasury shares of the Corporation;  and (d)
a denial of cumulative  voting at any meeting of the  shareholders  for electing
directors.  The Corporation  will furnish a copy of such statement to the record
holder  of  this  certificate   without  charge  upon  written  request  to  the
Corporation at its registered office.

         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

    TEN COM -- as  tenants  in common  UNIF  GIFT MIN ACT --  _________Custodian
    ________ TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) JT TEN -- as
    joint tenants with right of Under Unform Gifts to Minors
                   survivorship and not as tenants   Act _______________________
                   in common                                            (State)

                      Additional  abbreviations  may also be used  though not in
the above list.

    FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ______________________________________ hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto __________________________________________________.

    PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
         IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

__________________________________________________________________________shares
of the capital stock represented  by the within Certificate, and do hereby irre-
vocably constitute and appoint


________________________________________________________________________Attorney
to transfer  the said stock on the books of the  within-named  Corporation  with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated _________________________

                                            X___________________________________
           NOTICE:             ->
THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT         X __________________________________
MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS
WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE
IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION      The signature(s)  must be guaranteed
OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.      by an eligible guarantor institution
                                            (banks,  stockbrokers,  savings  and
                                            loan associations  and credit unions
                                            with membership  in an approved sig-
                                            nature medallion  program)  pursuant
                                            to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.















                                  Exhibit 10.1

                                                                Loan No. V_00303

                                 FIXED RATE NOTE

$8,100,000.00                                                 September 15, 1997

         FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED  CADIZ  PROPERTIES,   INC.,  a  Texas  corporation
(hereinafter referred to as "Borrower"),  promises to pay to the order of MORGAN
GUARANTY  TRUST  COMPANY  OF NEW  YORK,  a New  York  banking  corporation,  its
successors and assigns (hereinafter  referred to as "Lender"),  at the office of
Lender or its agent, designee, or assignee at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York
10260-0060,  Attention: Loan Servicing, or at such place as Lender or its agent,
designee,  or assignee may from time to time designate in writing, the principal
sum of EIGHT MILLION ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($8,100,000.00), in
lawful  money of the United  States of America,  the  Applicable  Interest  Rate
(hereinafter  defined)  at all  times  prior  to the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default (as defined in the Security Instrument [hereinafter defined]), and to be
paid in installments as set forth below.  Unless otherwise  herein defined,  all
initially  capitalized  terms  shall have the  meanings  given such terms in the
Security Instrument.

                                1. PAYMENT TERMS

         Principal and interest due under this Note shall be paid as follows:

                  (a) A payment  of  interest  only on the date  hereof  for the
period from the date of the advance of the principal  evidenced  hereby  through
September 30, 1998, both inclusive; and

                  (b) A constant  payment of Sixty-Nine  Thousand  Seven Hundred
Eighty-One and 86/100 Dollars ($69,781.86),  on the first day of November,  1997
and on the first day of each calendar  month  thereafter up to and including the
first day of September, 2007;

                           (i) First, to the payment of interest and other costs
         and charges due in connection with this Note or the Debt, as Lender may
         determine in its sole discretion; and

                          (ii) The balance shall be applied toward the reduction
         of the principal sum;

and the balance of said principal sum, together with accrued and unpaid interest
and any other  amounts due under this Note shall be due and payable on the first
day of October,  2007 or upon earlier maturity hereof whether by acceleration or
otherwise  (the  "Maturity  Date").  Interest on the  principal sum of this Note
shall  be  calculated  on the  basis of a three  hundred  sixty  (360)  day year
composed of twelve (12)  months of thirty (30) days each,  expect that  Internet



                                        1

<PAGE>



calculated  with reference to the maximum rate permitted by applicable law shall
be calculated by multiplying the actual number of days elapsed in such period by
a daily rate based on a year of 365/366  days (as  applicable).  All amounts due
under this Note shall be payable  without  setoff,  counterclaim  or a any other
deduction whatsoever.

                                   2. INTEREST

         The term  "Applicable  Interest  Rate" means from the date of this Note
through and including the Maturity Date, a rate of eight and two-fifths  percent
(8.40%) per annum.

                                   3. SECURITY

         This Note is secured by, and Lender is entitled to the benefits of, the
Security Instrument,  the Assignment, the Environmental Agreement, and the other
Loan Documents  (hereinafter  defined). The term "Security Instrument" means the
Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated the date hereof given by Borrower for
the use and  benefit  of Lender  covering  the  estate of  Borrower  in  certain
premises as more particularly described therein,  which premises,  together with
all properties,  rights, titles, estates and interests now or hereafter securing
the Debt and/or other  obligations  of Borrower  under the Loan  Documents,  are
collectively referred to herein as the ("Property"). The term "Assignment" means
the Assignment of Leases and Rents of even date herewith executed by Borrower in
favor of Lender.  The term  "Environmental  Agreement"  means the  Environmental
Liabilities  Agreement of even date herewith  executed by Borrower and/or others
in favor of Lender. The term "Loan Documents" refers  collectively to this Note,
the Security Instrument,  the Assignment,  the Environmental  Agreement, and any
and  all  other  documents  executed  in  connection  with  this  Note or now or
hereafter executed by Borrower and/or others and by or in favor of Lender, which
wholly or  partially  secure or  guarantee  payment of this Note or  pertains to
indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

                                   4. LATE FEE

         If any  installment  payable  under  this  Note  (including  the  final
installment  due on the Maturity Date) is not received by Lender within ten (10)
days after the date on which it is due (without  regard to any  applicable  cure
and/or notice period),  Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal
to the lesser of (a) five  percent  (5%) of such  unpaid sum or (b) the  maximum
amount  permitted by applicable law to delay the expenses  incurred by Lender in
handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the
loss of the use of such delinquent payment,  and such amount shall be secured by
the Loan Documents.

                           5. DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION

         So long as an  Event of  Default  exist,  Lender  may,  at its  option,
without  notice or demand to  Borrower,  declare  the Debt  immediately  due and
payable.  All  remedies  hereunder,  under the Loan  Documents  and at law or in
equity  shall be  cumulative. In the  event that  it should  become necessary to


                                        2

<PAGE>



employ  counsel to collect the Debt or to protect or foreclose  the security for
the Debt or to defend  against any claims  asserted by Borrower  arising from or
related to the Loan  Documents,  Borrower also agrees to pay to Lender on demand
all costs of  collection  or defense  incurred by Lender,  including  reasonable
attorneys' fees for the services of counsel whether or not suit be brought.

                               6. DEFAULT INTEREST

         Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay interest
on the entire  unpaid  principal  sum and any other  amounts  due under the Loan
Documents at the rate equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum  rate  permitted by
applicable law, or (b) the greater of (i) five percent (5%) above the Prime Rate
(hereinafter  defined) in effect at the time of the  occurrence  of the Event of
Default  (the  "Default  Rate").  The term  "Prime  Rate"  means the prime  rate
reported in the Money Rates  section of The Wall  street  Journal.  In the event
that The Wall Street Journal should cease or temporarily interrupt  publication,
the term  "Prime  Rate" shall mean the daily  average  prime rate  published  in
another  business  newspaper,  or business  section of a newspaper,  of national
standing  and general  circulation  chosen by Lender.  In the event that a prime
rate is no longer generally  published or is limited,  regulated or administered
by a  governmental  or  quasi-governmental  body,  then  Lender  shall  select a
comparable  interest  rate index which is readily  available  and  verifiable to
Borrower but is beyond Lender's control. The Default Rate shall be computed from
the  occurrence of the Event of Default until the actual  receipt and collection
of a sum of money  determined  by Lender to be  sufficient  to cure the Event of
Default.  Amounts of interest  accrued at the Default  Rate shall  constitute  a
portion of the Debt,  and shall be deemed  secured by the Loan  Documents.  This
clause,  however,  shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend
the date of the  payment  of the Debt,  nor as a waiver  of any  other  right or
remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default.

                                  7. PREPAYMENT

                  (a) The  principal  balance of this Note may not be prepaid in
whole  or in part  (except  with  respect  to the  application  of  casualty  or
condemnation  proceeds) prior to the fifth Loan Year (as  hereinafter  defined).
During  the  fifth  Loan Year or at  anytime  thereafter,  provided  no Event of
Default exists, the principal balance of this Note may be prepaid,  in whole but
not in part (except with respect to the  application of casualty or condemnation
proceeds),  on any  scheduled  payment  date  under this Note upon not less than
thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender specifying the scheduled payment
date on which prepayment is to be made (the "Prepayment  Date") and upon payment
of (i) interest accrued and unpaid on the principal  balance of this Note to and
including the Prepayment  Date, (ii) all other sums then due under this Note and
the other Loan  Documents,  and (iii) a  prepayment  consideration  in an amount
equal  to the  greater  of (A) one  percent  (1%) of the  outstanding  principal
balance of this Note at the time of prepayment,  or (B) (x) the present value as
of the  Prepayment  Date of the  remaining  scheduled  payments of principal and
interest  from  the  Prepayment  Date  through  the Maturity Date (including any


                                        3

<PAGE>



balloon  payment)  determined by discounting  such payments at the Discount Rate
(as hereinafter  defined),  less (y) the amount of principal being prepaid.  The
term  "Prepayment  Date"  means the rate  which,  when  compounded  monthly,  is
equivalent  to the  Treasury  Rate (as  hereinafter  defined),  when  compounded
semi-annually. The term "Treasury Rate" means the yield calculated by the linear
interpolation of the yields, as reported in Federal Reserve  Statistical Release
H.15-Selected    Interest    Rates   under   the   heading   "U.S.    Government
Securities/Treasury  Constant  Maturities"  for the  week  ending  prior  to the
Prepayment Date, of U.S. Treasury  constant  maturities with maturity dates (one
longer and one shorter) most nearly  approximating  the Maturity  Date.  (In the
event  Release  H.15 is no longer  published,  Lender  shall select a comparable
publication to determine the Treasury Rate.) Lender shall notify Borrower of the
amount and the basis of determination of the required prepayment  consideration.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Borrower shall have the additional  privilege to
prepay the entire  principal  balance of this Note (together with any other sums
constituting  the Debt) on any scheduled  payment date during the six (6) months
preceding the Maturity Date without any fee or consideration for such privilege.
If any such notice of  prepayment is given,  the principal  balance of this Note
and the other sums required under this paragraph shall be due and payable on the
Prepayment  Date.  Lender shall not be obligated to accept any prepayment of the
principal  balance  of this Note  unless  it is  accompanied  by the  prepayment
consideration due in connection therewith.  The term "Loan Year" for purposes of
this  paragraph  means each  complete  365-day  period (366 days in a leap year)
after the first scheduled payment date set forth in Section 1 of this Note.

                  (b) If  following  the  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default,
Borrower shall tender payment of an amount sufficient to satisfy the Debt at any
time prior to a sale of the Property, either through foreclosure or the exercise
of the other remedies  available to Lender under the Security  Instrument,  such
tender by Borrower shall be deemed to be a voluntary  prepayment under this Note
in the  amount  tendered.  If at the  time of  such  tender,  prepayment  of the
principal balance of this Note is not permitted,  Borrower shall, in addition to
the entire  Debt,  also pay to Lender a sum equal to  interest  which would have
accrued on the principal balance of this Note at the Applicable Interest Rate in
effect on the date which is five (5) days prior to the date of prepayment,  from
the date of such tender to the first day of the period  during which  prepayment
of the principal balance of this Note would have been permitted, together with a
prepayment  consideration equal to the prepayment consideration which would have
been payable as of the first day of the period in which  prepayment is permitted
under this Note.  If at the time of such  tender,  prepayment  of the  principal
balance of this Note is  permitted,  Borrower  shall,  in addition to the entire
Debt, also pay to Lender the applicable  prepayment  consideration  specified in
this Note.

                  (c) If the prepayment results from the application to the Debt
of the  casualty or  condemnation  proceeds  from the  Property,  no  prepayment
consideration will be imposed.  Partial  prepayments of principal resulting from
the  application of casualty or insurance  proceeds to the Debt shall not change
the amounts of  subsequent  monthly  installments  nor change the dates on which
such installments are due, unless Lender shall otherwise agree in writing.


                                        4

<PAGE>




                                8. SAVINGS CLAUSE

         This Note is subject  to the  express  condition  that at no time shall
Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the  principal  balance due
hereunder  at a rate which  could  subject  Lender to either  civil or  criminal
liability  as a result of being in excess of the  maximum  interest  rate  which
Borrower is permitted by  applicable  law to contract or agree to pay. If by the
terms  of this  Note,  Borrower  is at any time  required  or  obligated  to pay
interest  on the  principal  balance due  hereunder  at a rate in excess of such
maximum rate, the Applicable  Interest Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may
be,  shall be deemed to be  immediately  reduced  to such  maximum  rate and all
previous  payments  in excess of the  maximum  rate shall be deemed to have been
payments  in  reduction  of  principal  and not on account of the  interest  due
hereunder.  All  sums  paid  or  agreed  to be  paid  to  Lender  for  the  use,
forbearance,  or  detention  of the  Debt,  shall  to the  extent  permitted  by
applicable law, be amortized,  prorated,  allocated,  and spread  throughout the
full stated  term of this Note until  payment in full so that the rate or amount
of interest  on account of the Debt does not exceed the  maximum  lawful rate of
interest  from time to time in effect and  applicable to the Debt for so long as
the Debt is  outstanding.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained
herein or in any of the other Loan Documents,  it is not the intention of Lender
to  accelerate  the maturity of any interest that has not accrued at the time of
such  acceleration  or  to  collect  unearned  interest  at  the  time  of  such
acceleration.

                                   9. WAIVERS

                  (a) Except as  specifically  provided  in the Loan  Documents,
Borrower and any endorsers,  sureties or guarantors hereof jointly and severally
waive  presentment  and  demand  for  payment;  notice of  intent to  accelerate
maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity,  protest and notice of protest and
non-payment, all applicable exemption rights, valuation and appraisement, notice
of demand,  and all other notices in connection  with the delivery,  acceptance,
performance, default or enforcement of the payment of this Note and the bringing
of suit and  diligence in taking any action to collect any sums owing  hereunder
or in  proceeding  against  any of the rights and  collateral  securing  payment
hereof. Borrower and any surety, endorser or guarantor hereof agree (i) that the
time for any payments hereunder may be extended from time to time without notice
and consent,  (ii) to the acceptance by Lender of further collateral,  (iii) the
release by Lender of any existing  collateral for the payment of this Note, (iv)
to any and all renewals,  waivers or modifications that may be granted by Lender
with respect to the payment or other  provisions  of this Note,  and/or (v) that
additional  Borrowers,  endorsers,  guarantors  or sureties  may become  parties
hereto all  without  notice to them and  without in any manner  affecting  their
liability  under or with  respect to this  Note.  No  extension  of time for the
payment of this Note or any  installment  hereof shall  affect the  liability of
Borrower  under this Note or any  endorser or  guarantor  hereof even though the
Borrower or such endorser or guarantor is not a party to such agreement.

                  (b) Failure of Lender to exercise  any of the options  granted
herein to Lender upon the  happening of one or more of the events giving rise to
such options shall not constitute a  waiver of the right to exercise the same or


                                        5

<PAGE>



any other  option at any  subsequent  time in  respect  to the same or any other
event.  The  acceptance  by Lender of any  payment  hereunder  that is less than
payment in full of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall
not  constitute  a waiver of the right to exercise  any of the  options  granted
herein to Lender at that time or at any  subsequent  time or  nullify  any prior
exercise of any such option without the express  written  acknowledgment  of the
Lender.

                                 10. EXCULPATION

                  (a)  Notwithstanding  anything  in the Loan  Documents  to the
contrary,  but subject to the  qualifications  below,  Lender and Borrower agree
that:

                           (i)      Borrower shall  be Liable  upon the Debt and
for the other  obligations  arising under the Loan  Documents to the full extent
(but only to the extent) of the security therefor,  provided,  however,  that in
the event (A) of fraud,  wilful  misconduct  or  material  misrepresentation  by
Borrower, its general partners, if any, its members, if any, its principals, its
affiliates, its agents or its employees or by any Guarantor or any Indemnitor in
connection  with the loan  evidenced by this Note,  (B) of Borrower's  breach or
default  under  Sections  4.3  or 8.2 of the  Security  Instrument,  or (C)  the
Property  or any part  thereof  becomes  an asset  in a  voluntarybankruptcy  or
insolvency  proceeding,  the limitation on recourse set forth in this Subsection
10(a) will be null and void and completely inapplicable,  and this Note shall be
with full recourse to Borrower;

                           (ii)     If a default occurs in the timely and proper
payment of all or any part of the Debt,  Lender shall not enforce the  liability
and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the  obligations  contained in
this Note or the Security Instrument by any action or proceeding wherein a money
judgment  shall be sought  against  Borrower,  except  that  Lender  may bring a
foreclosure action,  action for specific performance or other appropriate action
or  proceeding  to enable  Lender  to  enforce  and  realize  upon the  Security
Instrument, the Other Loan Documents and the interest in the Property, the Rents
and any other collateral given to Lender created by the Security  Instrument and
the Other Loan Documents;  provided, however, that any judgment in any action or
proceeding  shall  be  enforceable  against  Borrower  only  to  the  extent  of
Borrower's  interest in the Property,  in the Rents and in any other  collateral
given to Lender.  Lender,  by accepting  this Note and the  Security  Instrument
agrees that it shall not, except as otherwise herein provided,  sue for, seek or
demand any  deficiency  judgment  against  Borrower in any action or proceeding,
under or by reason of or under or in connection  with this Note,  the Other Loan
Documents or the Security Instrument.

                           (iii)   The provisions of this Subsection 10(a) shall
not (A) constitute a waiver,  release or impairment of any obligation  evidenced
or secured by this Note,  the Other Loan  Documents or the Security  Instrument;
(B)  impair the right of Lender to name  Borrower  as a party  defendant  in any
action or suit for judicial  foreclosure and sale under the Security Instrument;
(C) affect the validity or  enforceability  of any indemnity,  guaranty,  master
lease or  similar instrument  made in  connection with  this Note,  the Security


                                        6

<PAGE>



Instrument,  or the Other  Loan  Documents;  (D)  impair  the right of Lender to
obtain  the  appointment  of a  receiver,  (E)  impair  the  enforcement  of the
Assignment  executed in  connection  herewith;  (F) impair the right of Under to
enforce the provisions of Article 11 of the Security  Instrument;  or (G) impair
the right of Lender to obtain a  deficiency  judgment  or  judgment on this Note
against  Borrower if necessary to obtain any insurance  proceeds or condemnation
awards  to  which  Lender  would   otherwise  be  entitled  under  the  Security
Instrument;  provided,  however, Lender shall only enforce such judgment against
the insurance proceeds and/or condemnation awards.

                           (iv)   Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article
to the contrary, Borrower shall be personally liable to Lender for the Losses it
incurs due to: (A) the  misapplication  or  misappropriation  of Rents;  (B) the
misapplication or misappropriation of insurance proceeds or condemnation awards;
(C)  Borrower's  failure  to  return or to  reimburse  Lender  for all  Personal
Property  taken from the  Property by or on behalf of Borrower  and not replaced
with Personal Property of the same utility and of the same or greater value; (D)
any act of actual waste or arson by Borrower, any principal,  affiliate, general
partner or member thereof or by any Indemnitor or any Guarantor, (E) any fees or
commissions  paid by Borrower to any principal,  affiliate,  general  partner or
member of Borrower, any Indemnitor or any Guarantor in violation of the terms of
this Note, the Security  Instrument or the Other Loan Documents;  (F) Borrower's
failure  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section  11.2  of  the  Security
Instrument; or (G) any breach of the Environmental Indemnity.

                  (b) Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver of any right
which  Lender  may have under  Sections  506(a),  506(b),  1111 (b) or any other
provisions  of the  Bankruptcy  Code to file a claim for the full  amount of the
Debt or to require that all collateral  shall continue to secure all of the Debt
owing to Lender in accordance  with this Note,  the Security  Instrument and the
Other Loan Documents.

                                  11. AUTHORITY

         Borrower  (and the  undersigned  representative  of  Borrower,  if any)
represents  that Borrower has full power,  authority and legal right to execute,
deliver  and perform  its  obligations  pursuant to this Note and the other Loan
Documents  and that this Note and the other  Loan  Documents  constitute  legal,
valid and binding obligations of Borrower.  Borrower further represents that the
loan  evidenced  by the  Loan  Documents  was made for  business  or  commercial
purposes and not for personal, family or household use.

                                   12. NOTICES

         All notices or other  communications  required or permitted to be given
pursuant  hereto  shall be given in the manner and be  effective as specified in
the Security  Instrument,  directed to the parties at their respective addresses
as provided therein.



                                        7

<PAGE>



                                  13. TRANSFER

         Lender  shall have the  unrestricted  right at any time or from time to
time to sell  this  Note  and the  loan  evidenced  by this  Note  and the  Loan
Documents  or   participation   interests   therein.   Borrower  shall  execute,
acknowledge and deliver any and all  instruments  requested by Lender to satisfy
such purchasers or participants that the unpaid  indebtedness  evidenced by this
Note is  outstanding  upon the terms and provisions set out in this Note and the
other Loan  Documents.  To the extent,  if any,  specified in such assignment or
participation,  such  assignee(s)  or  participant(s)  shall have the rights and
benefits  with  respect  to this  Note  and the  other  Loan  Documents  as such
assignee(s) or participant(s) would have if they were the Lender hereunder.

                           14. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY

         BORROWER  HEREBY  AGREES  NOT TO  ELECT  A TRIAL  BY JURY OF ANY  ISSUE
TRIABLE  OF RIGHT BY JURY,  AND  WAIVES  ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE
EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THIS NOTE
OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CLAIM,  COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING
IN  CONNECTION  THEREWITH  INCLUDING,  BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  THOSE  RELATING TO W
ALLEGATIONS THAT A PARTNERSHIP EXISTS BETWEEN LENDER AND BORROWER;  (B) USURY OR
PENALTIES OR DAMAGES THEREFOR; (C) ALLEGATIONS OF UNCONSCIONABLE ACTS. DECEPTIVE
TRADE  PRACTICE,  LACK  OF  GOOD  FAITH  OR FAIR  DEALING,  LACK  OF  COMMERCIAL
REASONABLENESS,   OR  SPECIAL   RELATIONSHIPS   (SUCH  AS   FIDUCIARY,TRUST   OR
CONFEDENTIAL  RELATIONSHIP);  (D) ALLEGATIONS OF DOMINION,  CONTROL,  ALTER EGO,
INSTRUMENTALITY, FRAUD, REAL ESTATE FRAUD, MISREPRESENTATION,  DURESS, COERCION,
UNDUE  INFLUENCE  INTERFERENCE  OR  NEGLIGENCE;  (E)  ALLEGATIONS  OF  TIORTIOUS
INTERFERENCE WITH PRESENT OR PROSPECTIVE BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS OR OF ANTITRUST,
OR (F) SLANDER, LIBEL OR DAMAGE TO REPUTATION.  THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IS  GIVEN  KNOWINGLY  AND  VOLUNTARILY  BY  BORROWER,  AND IS  INTENDED  TO
ENCOMPASS  INDIVIDUALLY  EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A
TRIAL BY JURY WOULD 0THERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY
OF THIS  PARAGRAPH IN ANY  PROCEEDING AS  CONCLUSIVE  EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY
BORROWER.

                               15. APPLICABLE LAW

         This Note shall be governed by and  construed  in  accordance  with the
laws  of the  State  of  Texas  (without  regard  to any  conflict  of  laws  or
principles) and the applicable laws of the United States of America.



                                        8

<PAGE>



                                16. JURISDICTION

         BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF
COMPETENT  JURISDICTION LOCATED IN THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY PROCEEDING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

                               17. NO ORAL CHANGE

         The  provisions  of this Note and the Loan  Documents may be amended or
revised only by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and Lender. This
Note and all the other Loan  Documents  embody the final,  entire  agreement  of
Borrower and Lender and  supersede  any and all prior  commitments,  agreements,
representations  and  understandings,  whether written or oral,  relating to the
subject  matter  hereof and  thereof  and may not be  contradicted  or varied by
evidence of prior,  contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements or discussions
of Borrower  and  Lender.  There are no oral  agreements  between  Borrower  and
Lender.

         Executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                    BORROWER
                                                     CADIZ PROPERTIES, INC.,
                                                     a Texas corporation



                                                     By:/s/James Williams       
                                                        ------------------------
                                                     Name: James Williams
                                                     Title:   Secretary



                                        9






                                  Exhibit 10.2

                                                              Loan No. 400029184

                                 FIXED RATE NOTE

$5,400,000.00                                                   February 6, 1998

         FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED  LA  PORTE  PROPERTIES,  L.L.C.,  a Texas  limited
liability company (hereinafter  referred to as "Maker"),  promises to pay to the
order of AMRESCO CAPITAL,  L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,  its successors
and assigns  (hereinafter  referred to as "Payee", at the office of Payee or its
agent,  designee,  or assignee at 700 North Pearl  Street,  Suite 2400,  LB#342,
Dallas, Texas 75201-7424,  Attention:  Loan Servicing, or at such place as Payee
or its agent,  designee, or assignee may from time to time designate in writing,
the  principal  sum of FIVE MILLION  FOUR  HUNDRED  THOUSAND and No/ 100 Dollars
($5,400,000.00)  in lawful money of the United States of America,  with interest
thereon  to be  computed  on the  unpaid  principal  balance  from  time to time
outstanding at the Applicable  Interest Rate (hereinafter  defined) at all times
prior to the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  (as  defined  in the  Mortgage
[hereinafter defined]), and to be paid in installments as follows:

         1.       A payment of  interest  only on the date hereof for the period
                  from  the date  hereof  through  the  last day of the  current
                  calendar month, both inclusive;

         2.       A constant  payment (the "Monthly  Payment"),  in arrears,  of
                  $42,973.99,  on the first day of April,  1998 and on the first
                  day of each calendar month  thereafter up to and including the
                  month  immediately  preceding  the Maturity Date stated below,
                  which  Monthly  Payment is  calculated  using an  amortization
                  period of twenty-five (25) years;

and the balance of said principal sum, together with accrued and unpaid interest
and any other  amounts due under this Note shall be due and payable on the first
day of March,  2008 or upon earlier  maturity  hereof whether by acceleration or
otherwise  (the  "Maturity  Date").  Interest on the  principal sum of this Note
shall be  calculated  on the basis of the actual  number of days  elapsed in the
applicable  calendar month multiplied by a daily rate based upon a 360 day year,
and (ii) in any event  interest  calculated  with  reference to the maximum rate
permitted by applicable law shall be calculated by multiplying the actual number
of days  elapsed in such period by a daily rate based on a year of 365/366  days
(as applicable). Monthly Payments under this Note shall be applied first, to the
payment of interest and other costs and charges due in connection with this Note
or the  Debt  (as  hereinafter  defined),  as Payee  may  determine  in its sole
discretion,  and the  balance  shall be  applied  toward  the  reduction  of the
principal sum. All amounts due under this Note shall be payable  without setoff,
counterclaim or any other deduction whatsoever.



                                        1

<PAGE>



         The term  "Applicable  Interest  Rate" means from the date of this Note
through  and  including  the  Maturity  Date a rate of eight and 36/100  percent
(8.36%) per annum.

         This Note is secured by, and Payee is entitled to the  benefits of, the
Mortgage,  the  Assignment,  the  Environmental  Agreement,  and the other  Loan
Documents (hereinafter defined). The term "Mortgage" means the Mortgage, Deed of
Trust and  Security  Agreement  dated the date hereof given by Maker for the use
and benefit of Payee  covering  the estate of Maker in certain  premises as more
particularly described therein (the "Mortgaged Property"). The term "Assignment"
means the Assignment of Leases and Rents of even date herewith executed by Maker
in favor of Payee. The term  "Environmental  Agreement" means the  Environmental
Liabilities Agreement of even date herewith executed by Maker in favor of Payee.
The term "Loan Documents"  refers  collectively to this Note, the Mortgage,  the
Assignment, the Environmental Agreement and any and all other documents executed
in connection with this Note or now or hereafter executed by Maker and/or others
and by or in favor of Payee,  which  wholly  or  partially  secure or  guarantee
payment of this Note or pertains to indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

         If any  installment  payable  under  this  Note  (including  the  final
installment  due on the Maturity  Date) is not received by Payee within ten (10)
days after the date on which it is due (without  regard to any  applicable  cure
and/or notice  period),  Maker shall pay to Payee upon demand an amount equal to
the  lesser of (a) five  percent  (5 %) of such  unpaid  sum or (b) the  maximum
amount  permitted by applicable law to defray the expenses  incurred by Payee in
handling and processing such delinquent  payment and to compensate Payee for the
loss of the use of such delinquent payment,  and such amount shall be secured by
the  Loan  Documents.  The  term  "Debt"  means,  collectively,  (i) the  unpaid
principal  balance of and the accrued but unpaid interest on this Note, (ii) all
other  sums due,  payable  or  reimbursable  to Payee  under the Loan  Documents
(including,  without  limitation,  sums due or payable by Maker for deposit into
the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund [as defined in the Mortgage],  the Replacement
Escrow Fund [as defined in the Mortgage],  and any other escrows  established or
required under the Loan Documents),  and (iii) any and all other liabilities and
obligations of Maker under this Note or the other Loan Documents.

         So long as an  Event of  Default  exists,  Payee  may,  at its  option,
without notice or demand to Maker, declare the Debt immediately due and payable.
All remedies  hereunder,  under the Loan Documents and at law or in equity shall
be cumulative. In the event that it should become necessary to employ counsel to
collect  the Debt or to  protector  foreclose  the  security  for the Debt or to
defend  against any claims  asserted by Maker arising from or relate to the Loan
Documents,  Maker also agrees to pay to Payee on demand all costs of  collection
or defense  incurred  by Payee,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees for the
services of counsel whether or not suit be brought.

         Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default Maker shall pay interest on
the  entire  unpaid  principal  sum and any  other  amounts  due  under the Loan
Documents at the rate equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum  rate  permitted by
applicable law, or (b) the greater of (i) five percent (5%) above the Applicable


                                        2

<PAGE>



Interest  Rate or (ii) five  percent  (5%)  above the  Prime  Rate  (hereinafter
defined),  in effect at the time of the  occurrence of the Event of Default (the
"Default  Rate").  The term "Prime  Rate"  means the prime rate  reported in the
Money  Rates  section  of The Wall  Street  Journal.  In the event that The Wall
Street  Journal  should cease or  temporarily  interrupt  publication,  the term
"Prime  Rate"  shall  mean the daily  average  prime rate  published  in another
business newspaper, or business section of a newspaper, of national standing and
general circulation chosen by Payee. In the event that a prime rate is no longer
generally  published or is limited,  regulated or administered by a governmental
or  quasi-governmental  body, then Payee shall select a comparable interest rate
index which is readily  available and  verifiable to Maker but is beyond Payee's
control.  The Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of
Default until the actual receipt and collection of a sum of money  determined by
Payee to be sufficient to cure the Event of Default. Amounts of interest accrued
at the Default Rate shall  constitute a portion of the Debt, and shall be deemed
secured by the Loan Documents.  This clause,  however, shall not be construed as
an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Debt,  nor as
a waiver  of any  other  right or  remedy  accruing  to Payee by  reason  of the
occurrence of any Event of Default.

         The  principal  balance  of this Note may not be prepaid in whole or in
part  (except  with  respect to the  application  of  casualty  or  condemnation
proceeds)  prior to the seventh Loan Year (as hereinafter  defined).  During the
seventh Loan Year or at anytime thereafter, provided no Event of Default exists,
the  principal  balance  of this Note may be  prepaid,  in whole but not in part
(except with respect to the application of casualty or  condemnation  proceeds),
on any  scheduled  payment  date under this Note upon not less than  thirty (30)
days prior written  notice to Payee  specifying  the  scheduled  payment date on
which prepayment is to be made (the  "Prepayment  Date") and upon payment of (a)
interest  accrued  and  unpaid  on the  principal  balance  of this  Note to and
including the Prepayment  Date, (b) all other sums then due under this Note, and
the other Loan Documents,  and (c) a prepayment consideration in an amount equal
to the greater of (i) one percent (1%) of the outstanding  principal  balance of
this  Note at the  time of  prepayment,  or (ii)  the  present  value  as of the
Prepayment  Date of the remaining  scheduled  payments of principal and interest
from the  Prepayment  Date through the Maturity  Date  (including  any amount of
principal  and  interest  that would have been payable had the Note been paid in
full on the  Maturity  Date)  determined  by  discounting  such  payments at the
Discount  Rate (as  hereinafter  defined)  less the  amount of  principal  being
prepaid. The term "Discount Rate" means the rate which, when compounded monthly,
is equivalent to the Treasury Rate (as  hereinafter  defined),  when  compounded
semi-annually. The term "Treasury Rate" means the yield calculated by the linear
interpolation of the yields, as reported in Federal Reserve  Statistical Release
H.15-Selected    Interest    Rates   under   the   heading   "U.S.    Government
Securities/Treasury  Constant  Maturities"  for the  week  ending  prior  to the
Prepayment Date, of U.S. Treasury  constant  maturities with maturity dates (one
longer and one shorter) most nearly  approximating  the Maturity  Date.  (In the
event  Release  H.15 is no longer  published,  Payee shall  select a  comparable
publication  to determine  the  Treasury  Rate.) Payee shall notify Maker of the
amount and the basis of determination of the required prepayment  consideration.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Maker shall have the  additional  privilege to
prepay the entire  principal balance of  this Note (together with any other sums


                                        3

<PAGE>



constituting  the Debt) on any scheduled  payment date during the six (6) months
preceding the Maturity Date (the "Open  Prepayment  Period")  without any fee or
consideration for such privilege. If any such notice of prepayment is given, the
principal  balance of this Note and the other sums required under this paragraph
shall be due and payable on the Prepayment Date. Payee shall not be obligated to
accept  any  prepayment  of the  principal  balance  of this  Note  unless it is
accompanied by the prepayment  consideration  due in connection  therewith.  The
term "Loan Year" for  purposes of this  paragraph  means each  complete  365-day
period  (366 days in a leap year)  after the first  scheduled  payment  date set
forth in section 2 on page 1 of this Note.

         If following the occurrence of any Event of Default, Maker shall tender
payment of an amount  sufficient to satisfy the Debt at any time prior to a sale
of the Mortgaged  Property,  either  through  foreclosure or the exercise of the
other remedies available to Payee under the Mortgage, such tender by Maker shall
be deemed to be a voluntary  prepayment  under this Note in the amount tendered.
If at the time of such tender,  prepayment of the principal balance of this Note
is not permitted, Maker shall, in addition to the entire Debt, also pay to Payee
a sum equal to interest  which would have  accrued on the  principal  balance of
this Note at the  Applicable  Interest  Rate in effect on the date which is five
(5) days prior to the date of  prepayment,  from the date of such  tender to the
first day of the period during which prepayment of the principal balance of this
Note would have been permitted,  together with a prepayment  consideration equal
to the  prepayment  consideration  which would have been payable as of the first
day of the period during which prepayment  would have been permitted.  If at the
time of  such  tender,  prepayment  of the  principal  balance  of this  Note is
permitted,  Maker shall,  in addition to the entire Debt,  also pay to Payee the
applicable  prepayment  consideration  specified in this Note. If the prepayment
results  from  the  application  to the  Debt of the  casualty  or  condemnation
proceeds  from the  Mortgaged  Property  or is made  during the Open  Prepayment
Period,  no prepayment  consideration  will be imposed.  Partial  prepayments of
principal  resulting from the  application of casualty or insurance  proceeds to
the Debt shall not change the amounts of  subsequent  monthly  installments  nor
change  the  dates on  which  such  installments  are due,  unless  Payee  shall
otherwise agree in writing.

         It is  expressly  stipulated  and  agreed to be the intent of Maker and
Payee at all times to comply  with  applicable  state law or  applicable  United
States federal law (to the extent that it permits Payee to contract for, charge,
take,  reserve or receive a greater amount of interest than under state law) and
that this section shall control every other  covenant and agreement in this Note
and the other Loan  Documents.  If the applicable law (state or federal) is ever
judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under this
Note or under any of the other  Loan  Documents,  or  contracted  for,  charged,
taken,  reserved or received with respect to the indebtedness  evidenced by this
Note and the other  Loan  Documents,  or if  Payee's  exercise  of the option to
accelerate  the maturity of this Note, or if any  prepayment by Maker results in
Maker having paid any interest in excess of that  permitted by  applicable  law,
then  it  is  Maker's  and  Payee's  express  intent  that  all  excess  amounts
theretofore collected by Payee be credited on the principal balance of this Note
(or, if this Note has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Maker),
and the  provisions  of this Note and the other Loan  Documents  immediately  be
deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter  collectible hereunder and thereunder
reduced, without the  necessity of the  execution of any  new document, so as to


                                        4

<PAGE>



comply with the applicable  law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest
amount otherwise called for hereunder and thereunder. All sums paid or agreed to
be paid to Payee for the use,  forbearance  and  detention  of the  indebtedness
evidenced  hereby and by the other Loan Documents shall, to the extent permitted
by applicable law, be amortized,  prorated,  allocated and spread throughout the
full term of such indebtedness  until payment in full so that the rate or amount
of interest  on account of such  indebtedness  does not exceed the maximum  rate
permitted under applicable law from time to time in effect and applicable to the
indebtedness   evidenced  hereby  for  so  long  as  such  indebtedness  remains
outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any
of the other Loan Documents,  it is not the intention of Payee to accelerate the
maturity of any interest  that has not accrued at the time of such  acceleration
or to collect unearned interest at the time of such acceleration.

         Except as specifically  provided in the Loan  Documents,  Maker and any
endorsers, sureties or guarantors hereof jointly and severally waive presentment
and demand  for  payment,  notice of intent to  accelerate  maturity,  notice of
acceleration  of maturity,  protest and notice of protest and  non-payment,  all
applicable exemption rights,  valuation and appraisement,  notice of demand, and
all other notices in  connection  with the  delivery,  acceptance,  performance,
default or  enforcement of the payment of this Note and the bringing of suit and
diligence  in taking  any  action to  collect  any sums  owing  hereunder  or in
proceeding  against any of the rights and collateral  securing  payment  hereof.
Maker and any surety,  endorser or guarantor  hereof agree (i) that the time for
any payments  hereunder  may be extended  from time to time  without  notice and
consent, (ii) to the acceptance of further collateral,  (iii) the release of any
existing  collateral for the payment of this Note, (iv) to any and all renewals,
waivers  or  modifications  that may be  granted  by Payee  with  respect to the
payment or other  provisions of this Note,  and/or (v) that  additional  makers,
endorsers,  guarantors or sureties may become  parties hereto all without notice
to them and  without  in any  manner  affecting  their  liability  under or with
respect to this Note.  No  extension of time for the payment of this Note or any
installment  hereof shall  affect the  liability of Maker under this Note or any
endorser or guarantor hereof even though the Maker or such endorser or guarantor
is not a party to such agreement.

         Failure of Payee to exercise any of the options granted herein to Payee
upon the  happening  of one or more of the events  giving  rise to such  options
shall not  constitute  a waiver of the right to  exercise  the same or any other
option at any  subsequent  time in respect to the same or any other  event.  The
acceptance by Payee of any payment  hereunder  that is less than payment in full
of all amounts due and payable at the time of such payment shall not  constitute
a waiver of the right to exercise any of the options  granted herein to Payee at
that time or at any  subsequent  time or nullify any prior  exercise of any such
option without the express written acknowledgment of the Payee.

         Notwithstanding  anything in the Loan  Documents to the  contrary,  but
subject to the qualifications below, Payee and Maker agree that:



                                        5

<PAGE>



          (A)  Maker shall be liable upon the Debt and for the other obligations
               arising under the Loan  Documents to the full extent (but only to
               the  extent)  of  the  security  therefor,  the  same  being  all
               properties  (whether  real  or  personal),  rights,  estates  and
               interests  now or at any time  hereafter  securing the payment of
               the Debt  and/or the other  obligations  of Maker  under the Loan
               Documents   (collectively  with  the  Mortgaged   Property,   the
               "Security  Property"),  provided,  however,  in the  event (i) of
               fraud or material  misrepresentation  by Maker or  guarantors  in
               connection  with the loan  evidenced  by this  Note,  or (ii) the
               first full monthly  payment on the Note is not paid when due, the
               limitation on recourse set forth in this section (A) will be null
               and void and completely inapplicable, and this Note shall be with
               full recourse to Maker;

          (B)  if a default  occurs in the timely  and proper  payment of all or
               any part of the Debt, any judicial  proceedings  brought by Payee
               against Maker shall be limited to the  preservation,  enforcement
               and foreclosure,  or any thereof, of the liens,  security titles,
               estates, assignments, rights and security interests now or at any
               time hereafter  securing the payment of the Debt and/or the other
               obligations of Maker under the Loan Documents, and no attachment,
               execution  or other  writ of process  shall be sought,  issued or
               levied upon any assets,  properties  or funds of Maker other than
               the  Security  Property,  except  with  respect to the  liability
               described in section (A) above and in section (C) below; and

          (C)  in the event of a  foreclosure  of such liens,  security  titles,
               estates,  assignments,  rights or security interests securing the
               payment of the Debt, no judgment for any deficiency upon the Debt
               shall be sought or obtained by Payee against  Maker,  except with
               respect to the liability described in section (A) above and below
               in this section (C); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing
               provisions of this section,  nothing  contained  therein shall in
               any manner or way release, affect or impair the right of Payee to
               recover,  and Maker  shall be fully  and  personally  liable  and
               subject to legal  action  for any loss,  cost,  expense,  damage,
               claim  or  other   obligation   (including   without   limitation
               reasonable  attorneys' fees and court costs) incurred or suffered
               by Payee arising out of or in connection with the following:

               1.   any breach of the  Environmental  Agreement,  including  the
                    indemnification provisions contained therein;

               2.   Maker's  failure to obtain Payee's prior written  consent to
                    (a) any  subordinate  financing or any other  encumbrance on
                    the Mortgaged Property, or (b) any transfer of the Mortgaged
                    Property or majority  ownership in Maker in violation of the
                    Mortgage;

               3.   any litigation or other legal proceeding related to the Debt
                    that delays or impairs Payee's ability to preserve,  enforce
                    or foreclose its lien on the Security  Property,  including,
                    but not limited to, the filing of a voluntary or involuntary
                    petition  concerning  Maker under 11 U.S.C.  ss. 101 et seq.
                    (the "Bankruptcy Code"),  in which action  a claim, counter-
                    claim, or defense is asserted  against Payee, other than any


                                        6

<PAGE>



                    litigation  or  other  legal  proceeding  in  which a final,
                    non-appealable  judgment  for money  damages  or  injunctive
                    relief is entered against Payee;

               4.   Maker's  failure to pay  required  taxes,  assessments,  and
                    insurance  premiums  payable with  respect to the  Mortgaged
                    Property or to maintain the required  escrows  therefor,  to
                    the extent  that  monies are not paid by Maker in escrow for
                    the  payment  of  such  amounts,   except  for  any  amounts
                    applicable to the period after  foreclosure  of Payee's lien
                    on the  Mortgaged  Property,  or the  delivery by Maker of a
                    deed to the Mortgaged Property in lieu of foreclosure (which
                    deed  has  been  accepted  by  Payee  in  writing),  or  the
                    appointment of a receiver for the Mortgaged Property;

               5.   the gross  negligence or willful  misconduct  of Maker,  its
                    agents,  affiliates,  officers or employees  which causes or
                    results in a diminution,  or loss of value,  of the Security
                    Property that is not  reimbursed by insurance or which gross
                    negligence  or willful  misconduct  exposes Payee to claims,
                    liability  or costs of  defense in any  litigation  or other
                    legal proceeding;

               6.   the seizure or forfeiture of the Security  Property,  or any
                    portion thereof, or Payee's interest therein, resulting from
                    criminal wrongdoing by any person or entity other than Payee
                    under any federal, state or local law;

               7.   (a) any physical waste of the Mortgaged  Property  caused by
                    the intentional or grossly negligent act(s) or omissions) of
                    Maker, its agents,  affiliates,  officers and employees, (b)
                    the failure by Maker to maintain, repair or restore any part
                    of the Mortgaged Property as may be required by the Mortgage
                    or any of the  other  Loan  Documents  to the  extent of all
                    gross  revenues  that have been  generated by the  Mortgaged
                    Property  following  the date which is eighteen (I 8) months
                    prior to  notice  to Maker  from  Payee of such  failure  to
                    maintain,  repair  or  restore  any  part  of the  Mortgaged
                    Property  and that have not been  applied to pay any portion
                    of the Debt, reasonable and customary operating expenses and
                    capital  expenditures  for the  Mortgaged  Property  paid to
                    third parties not affiliated  (directly or indirectly)  with
                    Maker,  taxes  and  insurance  premiums  for  the  Mortgaged
                    Property  and  escrows  deposited  with  Payee,  or (c)  the
                    removal or disposal of any portion of the Mortgaged Property
                    after an Event of Default  under the Loan  Documents  to the
                    extent such Mortgaged Property is not replaced by Maker with
                    like property of equivalent value, function and design;

               8.   Maker's   misapplication  or  conversion  of  any  insurance
                    proceeds paid by reason of any loss,  damage or  destruction
                    to the Mortgaged Property and any awards or amounts received
                    in connection  with the  condemnation of all or a portion of
                    the Mortgaged Property and not used by Maker for restoration
                    or repair of the Mortgaged Property;


                                        7

<PAGE>



               9.   Maker's  failure to pay in accordance  with the terms of the
                    Mortgage any charges for lab6r or materials or other charges
                    for  work   performed  or  materials   furnished   prior  to
                    foreclosure  that can  create  liens on any  portion  of the
                    Mortgaged  Property,  to the extent of the amount rightfully
                    claimed  by  the  lien  claimant,  or  found  in  any  legal
                    proceeding to be owed to the lien claimant, and not so paid;

               10.  Maker's failure to deliver any security  deposits  collected
                    with respect to the Mortgaged Property to Payee or any other
                    party  entitled to receive such security  deposits under the
                    Loan Documents, following an Event of Default; and

               11.  any rents  (including  advanced or prepaid  rents),  issues,
                    profits,  accounts or other amounts  generated by or related
                    to the Mortgaged Property attributable to, or accruing after
                    an Event of Default,  which amounts were  collected by Maker
                    or its property  manager and not turned over to the Payee or
                    used to pay  unaffiliated  third parties for  reasonable and
                    customary  operating  expenses and capital  expenditures for
                    the Mortgaged  Property,  taxes and insurance  premiums with
                    respect  to the  Mortgaged  Property  and any other  amounts
                    required to be paid under the Loan Documents with respect to
                    the Mortgaged Property.

         References to particular sections of the Loan Documents shall be deemed
references  to such  sections  as  affected  by  other  provisions  of the  Loan
Documents relating thereto. Nothing contained in the foregoing sections (A), (B)
or (C) shall (1) be deemed to be a release or impairment of the Debt or the lien
of the Loan  Documents  upon the Security  Property,  or (2) preclude Payee from
foreclosing  under the Loan  Documents in case of any default or from  enforcing
any of the other rights of Payee, including naming Maker as a party defendant in
any action or suit for foreclosure and sale under the Mortgage, or obtaining the
appointment  of a receiver,  except as stated in this  section,  or (3) limit or
impair in any way whatsoever the Guaranty (the "Guaranty") of even date executed
and  delivered in  connection  with the  indebtedness  evidenced by this Note or
release, relieve, reduce, waive or impair in any way whatsoever,  any obligation
of any party to the Guaranty.

         Nothing  herein shall be deemed to be a waiver of any right which Payee
may have under Sections 506(a),  506(b),  1111(b) or any other provisions of the
Bankruptcy  Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Debt  secured by the
Loan Documents or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of
the Debt  owing to  Payee  in  accordance  with  this  Ncte and the  other  Loan
Documents.

         Maker (and the undersigned  representative of Maker, if any) represents
that Maker has full power,  authority  and legal  right to execute,  deliver and
perform its  obligations  pursuant to this Note and the other Loan Documents and
that this Note and the other Loan Documents  constitute legal, valid and binding
obligations of Maker.  Maker further  represents  that the loan evidenced by the
Loan  Documents  was  made  for  business  or  commercial  purposes  and not for
personal, family or household use.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         All notices or other  communications  required or permitted to be given
pursuant  hereto  shall be given in the manner and be  effective as specified in
the Mortgage,  directed to the parties at their respective addresses as provided
therein.

         Payee  shall  have the  unrestricted  right at any time or from time to
time to sell  this  Note  and the  loan  evidenced  by this  Note  and the  Loan
Documents or participation  interests therein. Maker shall execute,  acknowledge
and  deliver  any and  all  instruments  requested  by  Payee  to  satisfy  such
purchasers or participants that the unpaid  indebtedness  evidenced by this Note
is outstanding  upon the terms and provisions set out in this Note and the other
Loan  Documents.  To  the  extent,  if  any  specified  in  such  assignment  or
participation,  such  assignee(s)  or  participant(s)  shall have the rights and
benefits  with  respect  to this  Note  and the  other  Loan  Documents  as such
assignee(s) or participant(s) would have if they were the Payee hereunder.

         MAKER HEREBY  AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE  TRIABLE
OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT
ANY SUCH RIGHT  SHALL NOW OR  HEREAFTER  EXIST  WITH  REGARD TO TEaS NOTE OR THE
OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  OR ANY CLAIM,  COUNTERCLAIM  OR OTHER ACTION  ARISING IN
CONNECTION  THEREWITH  INCLUDING,  BUT NOT  LIMITED  TO  THOSE  RELATING  TO (A)
ALLEGATIONS  THAT A PARTNERSHIP  EXISTS  BETWEEN  PAYEE AND MAKER;  (B) USURY OR
PENALTIES OR DAMAGES THEREFOR; (C) ALLEGATIONS OF UNCONSCIONABLE ACTS, DECEPTIVE
TRADE  PRACTICE,  LACK  OF  GOOD  FAITH  OR FAIR  DEALING,  LACK  OF  COMMERCIAL
REASONABLENESS,   OR  SPECIAL   RELATIONSHIPS  (SUCH  AS  FIDUCIARY,   TRUST  OR
CONFIDENTIAL  RELATIONSHIP);  (D) ALLEGATIONS OF DOMINION,  CONTROL,  ALTER EGO,
INSTRUMENTALITY, FRAUD, REAL ESTATE FRAUD, MISREPRESENTATION,  DURESS, COERCION,
UNDUE  INFLUENCE,  INTERFERENCE  OR  NEGLIGENCE;  (E)  ALLEGATIONS  OF  TORTIOUS
INTERFERENCE WITH PRESENT OR PROSPECTIVE BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS OR OF ANTITRUST;
OR SLANDER, LIBEL OR DAMAGE TO REPUTATION, THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
IS GIVEN  KNOWINGLY  AND  VOLUNTARILY  BY MAKER,  AND IS INTENDED  TO  ENCOMPASS
INDIVIDUALLY  EACH  INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WE[[CH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY WOULD OTHERWISE  ACCRUE,  PAYEE IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS
PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY MAKER.

         THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND  CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH  THE REAL  PROPERTY  ENCUMBERED  BY THE  MORTGAGE  IS
LOCATED  (WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS  PRINCIPLES) AND THE APPLICABLE
LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,  MAKER HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  SUBMITS TO THE
JURISDICTION  OF ANY COURT OF  COMPETENT  JURISDICTION  LOCATED  IN THE STATE IN


CORPAUS:48279.1 31942-00001
                                                         9

<PAGE>



WHICH THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROCEEDING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

         THE  PROVISIONS  OF THIS NOTE AND THE LOAN  DOCUMENTS MAY BE AMENDED OR
REVISED ONLY BY AN  INSTRUMENT  IN WRITING  SIGNED BY THE MAKER AND PAYEE.  THIS
NOTE AND ALL THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  EMBODY THE FINAL,  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT  OF
MAKER  AND  PAYEE  AND  SUPERSEDE  ANY AND ALL  PRIOR  COMMITMENTS,  AGREEMENTS,
REPRESENTATIONS  AND  UNDERSTANDINGS,  WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL,  RELATING TO THE
SUBJECT  MATTER  HEREOF AND  THEREOF  AND MAY NOT BE  CONTRADICTED  OR VARIED BY
EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS
OF MAKER AND PAYEE, THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN MAKER AND PAYEE.

         Executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                     MAKER:

                                     LA PORTE PROPERTIES, L.L.C.,
                                     a Texas limited liability company



                                     By:     /s/Michael A. Oros
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Michael A. Oros
                                     Title:  Managing Member



                                       10





                                  Exhibit 10.3

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is dated the first day of January, 1997

BETWEEN:

                      Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
                                318 Cadiz Street
                               Dallas, Texas 75207
                          (herein called the "Client")

                                     - and -

                             Alton M. Adams, P. Eng.
                              3273 Grassfire Cresc.
                          Mississauga, Ontario, L4Y 3J8
                        (herein called the "Consultant")

WHEREAS,  the Client desires to engage the Consultant to provide services to the
Client for the term of this  Agreement and the  Consultant has agreed to provide
such services,  all in consideration and upon the terms and conditions contained
herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1.       Services
         --------

         The Client  agrees to engage the  Consultant  to provide  the  services
         described in Schedule "A" attached hereto and the consultant has agreed
         to  perform  and  provide   such   services   (collectively   call  the
         "Services").

2.       Term
         ----

         Except as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  the Client agrees to
         engage the  Consultant  to provide the Services  for a term  commencing
         January 1, 1997 and ending  December  31, 1997.  Should the  Consultant
         provide  services  beyond the end of the initial term of the  Agreement
         (or  the  end of any  automatic  renewals  thereof),  the  term of this
         Agreement  shall be  automatically  renewed for an additional term of 1
         year.


                                        1

<PAGE>




3.       Fee
         ---
         (a)      The Client agrees to pay the Consultant a fee for the services
                  provided by the  Consultant  under the Agreement in the amount
                  of  $8,000.00  U.S.  per  month  payable  semi-monthly  on the
                  fifteenth and thirty-first days of each month.

         (b)      The Consultant agrees to render  semi-monthly  invoices to the
                  Client,  in  a  form  reasonably  acceptable  to  the  Client,
                  detailing the Services performed by the Consultant.

4.       Expenses
         --------

         The  Client  shall  pay  for  or  reimburse  the   Consultant  for  all
         reasonable,  ordinary and necessary expenses incurred by the Consultant
         in the ordinary course of performing the Services upon  presentation of
         proper accounts, statements, invoices or receipts for such items.

5.       Time and Effort
         ---------------

         The Consultant shall be free to devote such portion of the Consultant's
         time,  energy,  effort  and skill as the  Consultant  sees fit,  and to
         perform the Consultant's duties when and where the Consultant sees fit,
         so  long  as the  Consultant  performs  the  Services  set  out in this
         Agreement in a timely and professional fashion.

6.       Compliance
         ----------

          (a)  The Consultant  shall comply with all applicable  federal,  state
               and  municipal  laws,  rules and  regulations  arising  out of or
               connected  with  the  performance  of  the  Services  under  this
               Agreement by the Consultant or its employees.

          (b)  The  Consultant   shall  be  responsible  for  all   Unemployment
               Insurance  Contributions,   Canada  Pension  Plan  contributions,
               Income Tax and  Workers'  Compensation  payments  relating  to or
               arising  out of  the  fees  paid  to the  Consultant  under  this
               Agreement  and the Services  performed by the  Consultant  or its
               employees.  Payments  relating  to any of the above  shall be the
               responsibility  of the  Consultant  and shall be forwarded by the
               Consultant as  appropriate,  directly to the government  agencies
               involved.  Proof of  compliance  with this  requirement  shall be
               available to the Client upon request.


                                        2

<PAGE>




7.       Other Services
         --------------

         The Consultant will be free to perform consulting and other services to
         the  Consultant's  other  clients  during  the term of this  Agreement,
         provided, however, that the Consultant shall ensure that the Consultant
         is able to perform the Services  pursuant to this Agreement in a timely
         and professional fashion. The Consultant agrees not to perform services
         for the  Consultant's  other  clients  which may create a  conflict  of
         interest or interfere  with the  Consultant's  duties  pursuant to this
         Agreement.

8.       Termination
         -----------

         Upon termination of this Agreement:

         (i)      the  Client's   obligations  to  the  Consultant   under  this
                  Agreement shall terminate  except for the Client's  obligation
                  to pay any fees and expenses in  accordance  with the terms of
                  this Agreement, to the date of termination; and

         (ii)     the   Consultant's   obligations  to  the  Client  under  this
                  Agreement shall terminate except those  obligations  which are
                  specifically  expressed  to survive  the  termination  of this
                  Agreement.

9.       Governing Law
         -------------

         This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Province of Ontario
         and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

10.      Severability
         ------------

         If any  provision  of  this  Agreement,  or  the  application  of  such
         provision to any person or in any circumstance,  shall be determined to
         be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the remaining provisions of this
         Agreement,  and the  application  of such provision to any person or in
         any  circumstance  other  than that to which it is held to be  invalid,
         illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.

11.      Amendments
         ----------

         Any  amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by both
         parties hereto.

12.      Time of Essence
         ---------------

         Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.



                                        3

<PAGE>



13.      Indemnification
         ---------------

         This is the entire Agreement between the Client and the Consultant with
         respect to the consulting  services to be provided by the Consultant to
         the Client and  supersedes  any prior  agreements  with respect to such
         services whether written or oral.

14.      Notices
         -------

         Notices  hereunder shall be in writing and must be either  delivered or
         sent by double  registered  mail to the  address(es) set forth above. A
         party may change the address  set forth  above by proper  notice to the
         other.

15.      Waiver
         ------

         The  failure of any party to insist  upon the strict  performance  of a
         covenant or obligation  hereunder,  irrespective  of the length of time
         for which such failure continues, shall not be a waiver of such party's
         right to demand strict performance in the future. No consent or waiver,
         express or implied,  to or of any breach or default in the  performance
         of any covenant or obligation  hereunder shall  constitute a consent or
         waiver to or of any other breach or default in the  performance  of the
         same or of any other obligation hereunder.

16.      Assignment
         ----------

         This  Agreement is personal in nature and may not be assigned by either
         party hereto.

17.      Inurement
         ---------
 
         This Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
         each of the parties hereto and their respective employees and permitted
         receivers, successors and assigns.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.


ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.


Per: /s/Michael A. Oros                               
     ------------------

A. M. ADAMS, P. ENG.

- -----------------------


                                        4

<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE "A"

                             Description of Services

To provide managerial services required as Chief Operating Officer.








                                  Exhibit 10.4














                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN


                      ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.
                                   AS "BUYER"


                                       AND


                     FORT WORTH COLD STORAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
                                   AS "SELLER"




 

<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
                                 BY AND BETWEEN
                ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC., AS "BUYER"

                                       AND

               FORT WORTH COLD STORAGE HOLDINGS, INC., AS "SELLER"
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                     <C>
1.       Property.................................................................................................1
2.       Purchase Price...........................................................................................2
3.       Physical Inspection of Property..........................................................................2
4.       Ernest Money.............................................................................................4
5.       Survey; Title Binder.....................................................................................6
6.       Covenants of Seller......................................................................................7
7.       Seller's Representations and Warranties..................................................................7
8.       Conditions to Buyer's Obligations........................................................................9
9.       Closing.................................................................................................10
10.      Remedies................................................................................................12
11.      Advisor.................................................................................................12
12.      Notice..................................................................................................13
13.      Miscellaneous...........................................................................................14

</TABLE>

 

<PAGE>



                           PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT  (hereinafter  sometimes  called the "Agreement") by and
between  FORT  WORTH  COLD  STORAGE  HOLDINGS,   INC.,  an  Ontario  corporation
(hereinafter called "Seller"), and ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC., a Texas
Corporation,  (hereinafter  called  "Buyer") is entered into as of the Effective
Date (as herein defined in paragraph 13(1).

                                   WITNESSETH:

                                   1. Property

         Subject to the terms and  provision of this  Agreement,  Seller  hereby
agrees to sell and convey to Buyer and Buyer agrees to purchase  from Seller the
following:

          (a)  That  certain  tract or parcel of land  described  in Exhibit "A"
               attached  hereto and  incorporated  by  reference  herein for all
               purposes  (hereinafter  called the "Land")  located at 300 Garden
               Acres, Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas;

          (b)  All buildings,  structures and improvements  situated on the Land
               and   all   immoveable    fixtures    (hereinafter   called   the
               "Improvements");

          (c)  All the  rights  and  appurtenances  pertaining  to the  Land and
               Improvements,  including any mineral rights, all rights in and to
               wastewater  capacity and other utility capacity  allocated to the
               Land  or  Improvements,  rights  under  any  reciprocal  easement
               agreements or other recorded or unrecorded instrument benefitting
               the Property  (as  hereinafter  defined),  any right,  title,  or
               interest of Seller in and to  easements,  adjacent or  contiguous
               tracts,  strips,  gores, streets,  alleys, or rights-of-way,  any
               reversionary  rights  attributable to the Land, any  condemnation
               awards  made or to be made in lieu  thereof,  and any  awards for
               damage to the Land by reason of a change of grade of any highway,
               street, road, or avenue (hereinafter called the "Appurtenances");
               and

          (d)  To the extent that any may be in the Seller's possession,  all of
               the  following  to the extent  they relate to or arise out of the
               design,  construction,   ownership,  use  leasing,   maintenance,
               service,   or   operation   of   the   Land,   Improvements   and
               Appurtenances:  (i) contracts or agreements  such as maintenance,
               service, or utility contracts  (hereinafter called the "Operating
               Agreements"),  to the extend that Buyer elects to take assignment
               thereof,  (ii)  warranties,  guaranties  and  indemnities,  (iii)
               development rights, governmental approvals, licenses, permits, or
               similar documents, (iv) telephone  exchanges, trade names, marks,


                                        1

<PAGE>



               all goodwill  attributable to or associated with such trade names
               and marks, and other  identifying  material used by Seller in the
               operation of the Property, (v) plans,  drawings,  specifications,
               surveys, engineering,  reports, environmental reports and audits,
               government or regulatory  compliance  reports,  such as, American
               with Disabilities Act compliance reports,  equipment manuals, and
               other  technical  manuals  and  description,  and (vi)  insurance
               contracts  or  policies,  to the extent that Buyer elects to take
               assignment thereof, (collectively, all such property described in
               this subparagraph (d) being called the "Intangible Property").

               The Land, the Improvements,  the Appurtenances and the Intangible
               Property are hereinafter collectively called the "Property."

                                2. Purchase Price

         The purchase  price for the Property  shall be the sum of THREE MILLION
and NO/100 DOLLARS  ($3,000,000.00) (the "Purchase Price"),  payable as follows:
(i) Two Million Six Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($2,600,000.00) in cash,
cashier's checks,  federal wire transfer funds, or other  immediately  available
funds  at the  closing  (as  hereinafter  defined),  subject  to any  increases,
adjustments  and  credits  provided  in this  Agreement  and (ii)  Four  Hundred
Thousand and no/100  ($400,000.00) in the form of a real estate mortgage note in
the form attached  hereto as Exhibit "B",  secured by a first lien deed of trust
in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit  "C" along  with any and all  ancillary
documents reasonably required by the Seller.

                       3. Physical Inspection of Property

         For a period of thirty (30) days following the date of the execution of
this  Agreement  (the  "Inspection  Period"),  Buyer  shall  have the right (for
itself, its engineers, and other representatives) to enter onto the Property for
the following limited purposes:  (i) survey, and (ii) appraisal of the Property,
Seller will cause its advisors and agent to cooperate with Buyer, its employees,
agents, and  representatives in connection with such survey and appraisal and to
respond  to such  reasonable  questions  as  Buyer  (or its  employees,  agents,
engineers and representatives) may ask in connection therewith.

         Buyer shall indemnify  Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against
all loss,  liability,  damage,  injury, and claims resulting from Buyer's survey
and appraisal or other activities of or on the Property.

                                4. Earnest Money

         (a) Within two (2) business days after a counterpart or counterparts of
this  Agreement  executed  by Seller  and Buyer are  delivered  to Safeco  Title
Company, Dallas, Texas (the "Title Company"),  Buyer will deposit with the Title


                                        2

<PAGE>



Company an assignment in form and substance satisfactory to Seller's counsel, of
all distributions from the Trustee of Landmark Logistical  Services,  Debtor, up
to but not exceeding the sum of FIFTY THOUSAND and N0/100  DOLLARS  ($50,000.00)
(the "Earnest Money"),  which assignment and the proceeds thereof, shall be held
in escrow by the Title  Company and shall only be disbursed in  accordance  with
the terms of the Agreement. The Title Company shall deposit all cash portions of
the Earnest Money in one or more interest  bearing accounts with a bank or other
financial  institution  acceptable to Buyer. The Earnest Money plus all interest
to accrue  thereon shall be fully insured  throughout the term of this Agreement
by the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation.  Interest earned on the Earnest
Money  shall  accrue for the benefit of the Seller and shall be deemed a portion
of the Earnest Money;  provided,  however, upon the closing of this transaction,
the Earnest Money, plus any accrued interest thereon,  shall be delivered to the
Seller and shall be  credited  against  the  Purchase  Price.  In the event this
transaction  does not close,  the Title Company shall disburse the Earnest Money
as provided in this Agreement.

         (b)  If  the   transaction   contemplated   by  this   Agreement   (the
"Transaction")  is not timely closed because of any material  default of Seller,
then the Earnest Money,  together with all interest  accrued  thereon,  shall be
returned  to  Buyer.  Otherwise,  on  the  Closing  Date  (whether  or  not  the
transaction  is closed),  the Title  Company  shall  deliver the Earnest  Money,
together with all interest  accrued  thereon,  to Seller,  and the Buyer and the
Seller shall  continue to have all of those  obligations  and other  liabilities
specified in this Agreement (including all obligations  hereunder that expressly
survive the termination of this Agreement).

                             5. Survey; Title Binder

         (a) Seller,  at Buyer's  expense,  shall deliver to Buyer within thirty
(30)  days  after  the  Effective  Date a  Category  IA,  Condition  II  survey,
(hereinafter  called the  "Survey") of the Property to be made by an engineer or
surveyor  acceptable to Buyer and the Title Company  prepared in accordance with
the current edition of the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas adopted
by the Texas Surveyors Association and sufficient to enable the Title Company to
endorse the standard  printed  survey  exception in the Owner's  Title Policy to
read  "shortages  in area".  If Buyer timely  closes the  transaction  described
herein,  then, at Closing,  Seller shall  reimburse  Buyer one-half (1/2) of the
cost of the Survey.  Without  limiting the foregoing,  the Survey shall show the
following:  adjacent  roads;  building  lines;  a metes and  bounds  description
showing  the  beginning  points,   its  distance  and  bearing  from  a  readily
ascertainable point (such as a street  intersection),  and the course,  bearing,
and measured distances of all boundary lines; monuments or stakes found and set;
any building setback lines; location,  dimensions,  area, number of stories, and
street address of all buildings and the distance from each side of each building
to the  property  line;  location,  size,  and total  number of  parking  spaces
(including and designating handicap spaces);  physical evidence of any building,
fence, or hedge near any property line;  physical  evidence and location of each
actual public and private  easement and utility line and/or  poles,  and of each
pipeline,  manhole,  and drain  outlet;  the  location  of entry and exit of all
utilities to and from the Land and Improvements; any encroachment or overlapping


                                        3

<PAGE>


of  improvements;  and the location and recording  references of all  easements,
encumbrances or restrictions affecting the Property which are established by and
any properly  recorded  instrument.  If any  easements  are not  susceptible  of
location,  the survey  shall so  indicate.  Such  Survey  shall be dated,  shall
contain a certificate in form reasonably  satisfactory to the Title Company, and
shall be signed and scaled by the surveyor or engineer.

         (b) Seller,  at Buyer's  expense,  shall furnish to Buyer within twenty
(20) days after the Effective Date a title  commitment  (hereinafter  called the
"Title Binder")  issued by the Title Company,  showing title to the Property and
committing to issue the Owner's Title Policy to Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 9 of
this Agreement, such title Binder to specify all exceptions to title, including,
without limitation, easements, liens, encumbrances, restrictions, conditions, or
covenants  affecting the Property.  If Buyer shall timely close the  transaction
described herein,  then at Closing,  Seller shall reimburse Buyer one-half (1/2)
of the cost of the Owner's Title Policy.  If any exceptions  appear on the Title
binder,  other than the standard printed  exceptions (which shall be modified as
provided  in  Paragraph  9(iii)  of  this  Agreement)  or if any  encroachments,
overlapping of  improvements,  or other  conditions are shown on the Survey that
are not acceptable to Buyer, Buyer shall,  within five (5) days after receipt of
the title Binder and the Survey  notify  Seller in writing of such fact.  Seller
agrees to use Seller's best efforts to cure all  objections  provided,  however,
that Seller shall not be obligated to institute litigation nor pay more than Ten
Thousand and No/100 Dollars  ($10,000.00)  to cure such  objections  (other than
liens  or other  defects  in  Seller's  title  voluntarily  created  by  Seller,
including those created from and after the Effective Date), nor any liens now or
hereafter  encumbering  the Property,  nor any interest  therein,  which defects
voluntarily  created by Seller and all such liens  shall be  released at Closing
or, at Buyer's  option,  the amount thereof may be subtracted  from the Purchase
Price.  If Seller is unable or  unwilling to cure such  objections  on or before
five (5) days after  receipt of such  notice,  Buyer may either  extend the time
during  which  Seller  may cure  such  objections  not to  exceed  fifteen  (15)
additional  days, or terminate this  Agreement by written  notice to Seller,  or
accept such title as Seller can deliver,  or exercise any other remedy  provided
herein.  In the event of such  termination,  the  parties  shall have no further
right or other  obligation  hereunder  (other than with  respect to  obligations
hereunder that are expressly  stated in this  Agreement),  and the Earnest Money
and accrued  interest  thereon shall be returned to Buyer.  Those  exceptions or
title  deficiencies  that  appear on the  Title  Binder  and any  encroachments,
overlapping of  improvements,  or other  conditions that are shown on the Survey
and are accepted by Buyer pursuant to the terms of this "Permitted Encumbrances"
shall not include any liens or any other title defects which Seller is obligated
to cure  under the terms of this  Agreement  or agrees in  writing to cure on or
before the Closing.

                             6. Covenants of Seller

         Seller covenants and agrees with Buyer that, between the Effective Date
and the Closing Date:



                                        4

<PAGE>



          (a)  Seller  will comply  with all  applicable  laws as they relate to
               Seller's ownership of the Property.

          (b)  Seller will not enter into any lease, use, or occupancy agreement
               affecting any portion of the Property.

          (c)  Seller  will  not  sell,  exchange,   assign,  transfer,  convey,
               encumber, or otherwise dispose of the Property.

                   7. Seller's Representations and Warranties

         Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer the following:

          (a)  Seller has not  received  any written  notice that the  location,
               construction,  occupancy,  operation,  and  use of  the  Property
               (including  any  improvements  and  equipment  forming  any  part
               thereof) violates any applicable law, statute,  ordinance,  rule,
               regulation, order, or determination of any governmental authority
               or any  board of fire  underwriters  (or  similar  body),  or any
               restrictive  covenant or deed  restriction or zoning ordinance or
               classification   affecting  the  Property,   including,   without
               limitation,  all applicable  building codes, flood disaster laws,
               and health and  environmental  laws and regulations  (hereinafter
               sometimes collectively called "Applicable Laws");

          (b)  Seller has not received  any written  notice that the Property or
               Seller are currently subject to any existing, pending, or, to the
               best of Seller's knowledge, threatened,  investigation or inquiry
               by any  governmental  authority  or to any  remedial  obligations
               under any applicable Laws pertaining to health or the environment
               ("Environmental Laws");

          (c)  Seller  has  not  received  any  written  notice  of  any  change
               contemplated  in any of the applicable Laws or of any judicial or
               administrative action, any action by adjacent landowners,  or any
               fact or condition  relating to the Property which would adversely
               affect, prevent, or limit use of the Property as a warehouse;

          (d)  There is a tenant  lease  affecting  the  Property,  the terms of
               which are well known to the buyer  which is the tenant  under the
               Tenant Lease.

          (e)  Seller has not received any written notice that the Land has been
               contaminated  by or  used  for the  storage  or  disposal  of any
               hazardous substances, hazardous waste, or petroleum.



                                        5

<PAGE>



          (f)  Seller has not  received  any written  notice of any  threatened,
               litigation  (including,  without limitation,  any condemnation or
               notice or a condemnation) affecting or related to the Property;

          (g)  Seller  is  a  duly  formed  and  validly  existing   corporation
               qualified  to do  business  in the  State  of  Texas.  Seller  is
               authorized  to enter  into this  Agreement,  and the  undersigned
               signatory  party for Seller has been duly  authorized  to execute
               this Agreement;

          (h)  "There  are no  outstanding,  written  agreement  with any  other
               person for the sale or other conveyance of the Property.

         Buyer acknowledges and agrees that, except as specifically  provided in
this Agreement, Seller has not made, does not make, and specifically negates and
disclaims any representations,  warranties,  promises, covenants, agreements, or
guarantees of any kind or character whatsoever, whether express or implied, oral
or written, past, present, or future, of, as to, concerning,  or with respect to
(i) the income to be  derived  from the  Property;  (b) the  suitability  of the
Property for any and all  activities  and uses which Buyer may conduct  thereon,
including,  without limitation,  the possibilities for future development of the
Property; (iii) the habitability, merchantability, marketability, profitability,
or fitness for a particular purpose of the Property;  (iv) the manner,  quality,
state of repair, or lack of repair of the property, (v) the nature,  quality, or
condition of the Property  including,  without  limitation,  the water, soil and
geology;  (vi) the  compliance of or by the Property or its  operation  with any
laws, rules, ordinances, or regulations of any applicable governmental authority
or body; (vii) the manner or quality of the  construction or materials,  if any,
incorporated  into  the  Property,  (viii)  compliance  with  any  environmental
protection,  pollution,  or  land  use  laws,  rules,  regulations,  orders,  or
requirements  including,  without  limitation,  Title III of the Americans  with
Disabilities  Act of 1990, the Federal Water Pollution  control Act, the Federal
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Regulations at 40 C.F.R.,  Part 261, the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and Liability Act of 1980, as amended,  the Resource  Conservation
and Recovery Act of 1996,  the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the
Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act, the Toxic Substance  Control Act, and
regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing; (ix) the presence or absence
of hazardous  materials  at, on,  under,  or adjacent to the  Property;  (x) the
conformity  of the Property to past,  current,  or future  applicable  zoning or
building requirements;  (xi) deficiency of any drainage;  (xii) the existence of
vested land use,  zoning,  or building"  entitlements  affecting,  the Property;
(xiii) with  respect to any other  matter.  Save and except only as expressed in
this Agreement,  Seller is not and shall not be liable or bound in any manner by
any oral or written statements,  representations,  or information  pertaining to
the Property,  or the operation  thereof,  furnished by any real estate  broker,
agent, employee,  servant or other person, or (xiv) the current tenant lease, or
the  enforceability,  legal  effectiveness,  or other  impact of the same on the
Property, legal, equitable,  financial, or otherwise. Buyer further acknowledges
and  agrees  that,  to the  maximum  extent  permitted  by law,  the sale of the
Property as provided for herein  is made on  an "As Is" and "Where Is" condition


                                        6

<PAGE>



and basis with all faults,  and that Seller has no  obligations to make repairs,
replacements,  or  improvements  except as may  otherwise  be  expressly  stated
herein.  Buyer  acknowledges  and  agrees  that,  except  for  Seller's  express
representations  and warranties  contained in this  Agreement,  Buyer is relying
solely upon Buyer's own investigation of and knowledge concerning the Property.

                            8. Conditions to Closing

         It  shall  be  a  condition  precedent  to  the  Seller's  and  Buyer's
obligations  to consummate the purchase of the Property  hereunder  that, on the
Closing  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined  in  paragraph  9),  all the  following
conditions shall exist:

         (a)      Seller Shall have  substantially  performed  each  covenant to
                  have  been  performed  by  Seller   hereunder  with  the  time
                  specified.

         (b)      There shall be no material  change in the matters reflected in
                  the Title Binder.

         (c)      There shall be no material  change in the matters reflected in
                  the Survey.

         (d)      No damage from fire or other  casualty  shall have  materially
                  affected  the  improvements.  No  condemnation  affecting  the
                  Property shall have occurred, or be pending or threatened.

         (e)      There shall be no  litigation  pending  which  materially  and
                  adversely affects the Property.

         (f)      On the  Closing  Date,  the  Seller  shall  not  have  filed a
                  petition under any section of the Bankruptcy Codes as amended,
                  or under any  similar  law or statute of the United  States or
                  any  State  thereof,  nor  shall  Seller  have  been  adjudged
                  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  nor shall any  rearrangement  of its
                  debts have been  requested by Seller;  the Seller shall not be
                  insolvent and no receiver or trustee shall have been appointed
                  for Seller or any of Seller's assets.

         (g)      There  shall not have been any  material  breach of any of the
                  provisions of this Agreement.

         (h)      There shall be no parties in  possession  excerpt the Buyer as
                  tenant under the  existing  lease,  or otherwise  permitted or
                  suffered by Buyer.

         If any one of the above  conditions is not satisfied,  Buyer and Seller
may waive such  condition in writing and extend the Closing Date for a period of
time not to exceed  thirty  (30) days to allow an  opportunity  to satisfy  such
condition,  or the  performing  party may  terminate  this  Agreement by written


                                        7

<PAGE>



notice  thereof to the  non-performing  party,  in which last event the  parties
shall a have no further rights or obligations hereunder (other than with respect
to  obligations  hereunder  that  expressly  survive  the  termination  of  this
Agreement),  and the Earnest  Money plus all accrued  interest  thereon shall be
paid to the  Seller,  unless  the  cause  of the  failure  to  satisfy  any such
condition is solely that of the Seller.

                                   9. Closing

         Provided  that  this  Agreement  has  not  been  rightfully  terminated
pursuant  to its  terms,  the  closing of the  conveyance  and  purchase  of the
Property (herein called the "Closing")  shall,  unless extended  pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement,  occur not more than ten (10) days after the Inspection
Period  defined in Paragraph  3, at a time  designated  by Seller (the  "Closing
Date").  Seller shall give at least two (2) business  days prior notice to Buyer
of the Closing Date and the time  scheduled  for the Closing.  The Closing shall
take place at the offices of the Title Company.
At the closing, the following shall occur;

         (a)      Seller shall deliver to Buyer the following:

                    (i)  a General Warranty Deed conveying good and indefeasible
                         title to the Property to Buyer,  free of any exceptions
                         other than the Permitted Encumbrances;

                    (ii) an  Assignment  of  any  then  current   tenant  lease,
                         quitclaiming to Buyer, the right, title and interest of
                         the lessor or landlord  under any such tenant  lease if
                         any,  excluding,  however,  all deposits existing as of
                         the Closing Date;

                    (iii)at Buyer's  expense,  (to be  partially  reimbursed  as
                         specified  in  Paragraph  5(d) on Owner's  Title Policy
                         showing  Purchaser as the insured,  fee simple title to
                         the Land as the insured  estate,  the Purchase Price as
                         the insurance coverage amount, and noting no exceptions
                         other  than  the  Permitted   Encumbrances   and  other
                         exceptions  approved in writing by Buyer, and including
                         the following  modifications  to the standard  typed or
                         printed   exceptions  in  the  title  Binder:  (1)  the
                         restrictive covenants exception shall be deleted if the
                         Title Binder does not list any restrictive covenants as
                         exceptions  to title;  (2) the standard  exception  for
                         current  taxes  shall,  except only as to taxes for the
                         year in which the Closing  occurs,  and shall  indicate
                         that such  taxes are not yet due and  payable;  (3) the
                         exception    for    any    discrepancies,    conflicts,
                         encroachments, or any overlapping of improvements shall
                         be deleted,  except with  respect to  shortages  in the
                         area;  and (4) the  exception  for rights of parties in
                         possession  shall be  deleted,  except  for  rights  of
                         

                                        8

<PAGE>


                         tenants,  as tenants only, under written lease, use, or
                         occupancy agreements; and

                    (iv) such  affidavits,  indemnities,  and other documents as
                         the  Title   Company  may  require  from  Seller  as  a
                         condition  to  issuing  the  Owner's  Title  Policy  in
                         accordance with Paragraph 9(a)(iv).

               (b)  Buyer shall pay the cash  portion of the  Purchase  Price to
                    the Title  Company by any one of the following  methods,  as
                    selected  by Seller,  any one of which shall be deemed to be
                    "cash": by cashier's check payable to the Title Company;  by
                    wire transfer to thp Title  Company's  bank  account;  or by
                    Buyer's  causing  the  Title  Company  to issue its check to
                    Seller.

               (c)  General real estate taxes for the then current Year relating
                    to the Property shall be prorated as of the Closing Date. If
                    the Closing shall occur before the tax rate is fixed for the
                    then current years, the apportionment of taxes shall be made
                    an the basis of the tax rate for the preceding  year applied
                    to the latest assessed  valuation of the Property;  provided
                    that,  if the taxes  actually  due for the current  year are
                    more or less  than the taxes for the  preceding  year,  then
                    within  thirty  (30)  days  after the  issuance  of the then
                    current  year's tax bill,  Seller and Buyer shall adjust the
                    proration  of such taxes;  and Seller or Buyer,  as the case
                    may be,  shall  pay to the other any  amount  required  as a
                    result of such  adjustment;  this  covenant  shall not merge
                    with the deed  delivered  hereunder  but shall  survive  the
                    Closing.  All special taxes or assessments assessed prior to
                    the Closing Date shall be paid by Seller, and those assessed
                    after the Closing Date shall be paid by Buyer.

               (d)  Possession  of the  Property  shall be  delivered  to Buyer,
                    subject only to the rights of tenants  under  tenant  leases
                    (if any).

               (e)  Any escrow fee  charged by the Title  Company as well as (i)
                    the   premium  for  the   Owner's   Title   Policy  and  all
                    endorsements  and  (ii)  the  costs  and  fees of the  Title
                    Company  incurred  in  connection  with the  issuance of the
                    Title  Binder and the Owner's  Title Policy shall be paid by
                    Buyer,  except  to the  extent  that  Seller  has  agreed to
                    reimburse Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 4(d), Seller shall pay
                    the  fee for  recording  the  warranty  deed  and any  other
                    documents recorded in this transaction.  Each party shall be
                    responsible  for  the  payment  of its own  attorney's  fees
                    incurred  in  connection  with this  transaction.  Any other
                    costs  payable at Closing  shall be  allocated  to Buyer and
                    Seller as is  customary  in the county in which the Property
                    is located.


                                        9

<PAGE>




                                  10. Remedies

               (a)  If Seller  should  fail or refuse to perform any of Seller's
                    obligations  hereunder.  Buyer may, at its option,  exercise
                    any  one of  the  following  remedies:  (i)  terminate  this
                    Agreement  and obtain a refund of the  Earnest  Money,  with
                    interest  accrued thereon;  or (ii) grant Seller  additional
                    periods of time in which to satisfy Seller's obligations.

               (b)  If Buyer  defaults  and  fails  and  refuses  to  close  the
                    purchase of the Property as herein contemplated, Seller may,
                    at its option,  exercise any one of the following  remedies:
                    (i) terminate  this Agreement and receive the Earnest Money,
                    with  interest  accrued   thereon;   (ii)  enforce  specific
                    performance and/or seek other legal and/or equitable relief,
                    including actual,  consequential and/or punitive damages; or
                    (iii)  grant  Buyer  additional  periods of time in which to
                    satisfy Buyer's obligations.

                                   11. Advisor

               (a)  Seller  represents  to Buyer that Seller has entered into an
                    agreement  to pay an advisory  fee in  connection  with this
                    transaction   to  EII  Realty  Corp.   (hereinafter   called
                    "Advisor").  Seller  agrees  to pay any fee or  compensation
                    payable to Advisor.  Seller will indemnify and save and hold
                    Buyer   harmless   from  any  claims  of  Advisor   for  any
                    commission,   finder's   fee,  or  other   compensation   in
                    connection  with  the   transaction   contemplated  by  this
                    Agreement.

               (b)  Each party hereto  represents  to the other that,  except as
                    set forth  above with  respect to Advisor,  such  respective
                    party has not  authorized any broker or finder to act on its
                    behalf in connection  with the sale and purchase  hereunder.
                    Each party  hereto  agrees to  indemnify,  defend,  and hold
                    harmless  the  other  party  from  and  against  any and all
                    claims, losses, damages, costs, or expenses (including,  but
                    not limited to,  reasonable  attorney's fees) of any kind or
                    character  arising out of or resulting  from any  agreement,
                    arrangements,  or  understanding  (except as set forth above
                    with respect to Seller's Advisor.) alleged to have been made
                    by such party with any broker or finder in  connection  with
                    this Agreement or the transaction  contemplated hereby. This
                    Paragraph  11  shall  survive  the  Closing  or any  earlier
                    termination of this Agreement.

                                   12. Notice

         Any notice or  communication  required or permitted  hereunder shall be
given in  writing,  sent by (a)  personal  delivery,  (b)  overnight  courier or
delivery service with proof of deliver, (c) United States mail, postage prepaid,
registered or certified mail, or (d) prepaid telegram or telecopy (provided that


                                       10

<PAGE>



such  telegram  or  telecopy  is  confirmed  by  mail in the  manner  previously
described), addressed as follows:

                  To Seller:              Fort Worth Cold Storage Holdings, Inc.
                                          Attention: Mr. Juerg Zuberbuehler
                                          c/o Scott Prizer, Vice President
                                          EII Realty Corp.
                                          667 Madison Avenue, 16th Floor
                                          New York, New York 10021
                                          Telecopy: (212) 644-0028

                  With a copy to:         Mr. L. E. Creel, III, Esq.
                                          Creel, Sussman and Moore
                                          5949 Sherry Lane
                                          Suite 525
                                          Dallas, Texas 75225
                                          Telecopy: (214) 378-8290

                  To: Buyer:              Alford's Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
                                          James Williams, Vice President
                                          Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
                                          318 Cadiz Street
                                          Dallas, Texas 75207
                                          Telecopy: (214) 426-0245

                  With a copy to:         Mr. Scott Rose, Esq.
                                          Jenkens & Gilchrist
                                          1800 Frost Bank Tower
                                          100 West Houston Street
                                          San Antonio, Texas 78205-1497
                                          Telecopy: (210) 246-5999

or to such other  address or to the  attention of such other person as hereafter
shall be  designated  in writing  by the  applicable  party in a notice  sent in
accordance with these notice provisions.  Any such notice or communication shall
be deemed to have been given at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of
certified or registered mail, two (2) days after deposited in the custody of the
United States Postal  Service,  or in the case of overnight  courier or delivery
service,  as of the date of first  attempted  delivery at the address and in the
manner provided herein, or, in the case of telegram or telecopy, upon receipt.


                                       11

<PAGE>




                                13. Miscellaneous

         (a)      This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and shall inure to the
                  benefit of the parties  hereto,  and their heirs,  successors,
                  and assigns. Whenever in this Agreement a reference is made to
                  any of the parties  hereto,  such reference shall be deemed to
                  include  a  reference  to the  heirs,  legal  representatives,
                  successors, and assigns of such parties.

         (b)      Buyer  shall  not have  the  right to  assign  this  Agreement
                  without Seller's prior written consent.

         (c)      The titles of the  Articles  of this  Agreement  shall have no
                  effect and shall neither  limit nor amplify the  provisions of
                  the Agreement itself.

         (d)      This Agreement  constitutes the entire  agreement  between the
                  parties   and   supersedes   and   replaces   all   prior  and
                  contemporaneous     agreements,      representations,      and
                  understandings  between Buyer and Seller,  whether  written or
                  oral, excluding,  however the existing lease agreement between
                  Seller, as lessor, and Buyer, as lessee.  This Agreement shall
                  not be amended or changed except by written  instrument signed
                  by both of the parties hereto.

         (e)      Time is of the essence with  respect to the various  times for
                  performance by Seller and Buyer.

         (f)      This  Agreement  is the  result of  negotiations  between  the
                  parties  and,  accordingly,  shall  not  be  construed  for or
                  against  either party  regardless  of which party drafted this
                  Agreement or any portion thereof.

         (g)      It  is  not,  intended  by  this  Agreement  to,  and  nothing
                  contained in this  Agreement  shall,  create any  partnership,
                  joint venture, or other similar arrangement between Seller and
                  Buyer.  No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to,
                  or shall, be for the benefit of any person, firm, corporation,
                  or  other  entity  not  a  party  hereto  (including,  without
                  limitations  any  broker),  and no such  party  shall have any
                  right or cause of action hereunder.

         (h)      The terms and provisions of this  Agreement  shall be governed
                  by construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas
                  and applicable federal law.

         (i)      Except as herein expressly  provided,  no waiver by a party of
                  any  breach  of  this   Agreement   or  of  any   warranty  or
                  representation hereunder by the other party shall be deemed to
                  be a waiver of any other  breach by the other  party  (whether
                  preceding  or  succeeding  and  whether of the same or similar
                  nature),  and  no  acceptance  of  payment or performance by a


                                       12

<PAGE>



                    party after any breach the other party shall be deemed to be
                    a waiver of any breach of Agreement or of any representation
                    or warranty hereunder by such other party, whether the first
                    party  knows  of such  breach  at the time it  accepts  such
                    payment  or  performance.  No failure of delay by a party to
                    exercise  any right may have by reason of the default of the
                    other   party   shall   operate  as  waiver  of  default  or
                    modification of this Agreement or shall prevent  exercise of
                    any right by the first party while the other party continues
                    to be so in default.

               (j)  Each  section  of  this  Agreement  constitutes  a  separate
                    agreement  between parties.  In the event that any provision
                    of this Agreement,  which would not deprive the parties,  or
                    either of them, of the benefit of the bargain,  is deemed to
                    be  illegal,  invalid,  or  unenforceable  on its face or as
                    applied,   then  such  provision  shall  be  deemed  severed
                    herefrom to the extent illegal, invalid, and unenforceable.

               (k)  If any date set forth in this Agreement as the last date for
                    the taking of an action  hereunder shall fall on a Saturday,
                    Sunday,  or a federal  holiday ( federal holiday being a day
                    on which the United States  Postal  Service does not deliver
                    first class mail), then the last date for taking such action
                    shall be extended to the next  succeeding  day that is not a
                    Saturday, Sunday, or federal holiday.

               (1)  The  date  upon  which  Buyer  and the  Title  Company  each
                    receives   counterpart   original  of  this  Agreement  duly
                    executed by Seller and Buyer and the Title Company  receives
                    the  Earnest  Money  shall  be  the  date  upon  which  this
                    Agreement become effective and legally binding.

EXECUTED by Buyer this 10th day of November, 1998.

                                         ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.


                                         By: /s/Joseph Y. Robichaud             
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Joseph Y. Robichaud
                                                                         "BUYER"

EXECUTED by Buyer this 19th day of January, 1999.

                                        FORT WORTH COLD STORAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
                                   

                                        By: /s/Juerg Zuberbuehler               
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Juerg Zuberbuehler, Attorney in Fact
                                                                        "SELLER"


                                       13

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                                      LAND

Lot  1,  Block  1 of the  Cliff  Industries  Addition,  Tarrant  County,  Texas,
containing  13.860  acres,  more or less,  and known locally as 350 Garden Acres
Drive, Fort Worth, Texas





<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                            REAL ESTATE MORTGAGE NOTE



                                (TO BE PREPARED)




<PAGE>



                   ADDENDUM TO EARNEST MONEY CONTRACT BETWEEN
                  ALFORD REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSES, INC.("BUYER")
                                       AND
                FORT WORTH COLD STORAGE HOLDINGS, INC. ("SELLER")

         1. This Addendum is a part of the referenced contract. To the extent of
any conflict  between this  Addendum and the terms and  provisions  of the rnain
body of the contract or any exhibit  thereto,  the terms and  provisions of this
Addendum shall control.

         2. Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall be the sum of THREE MILLION
AND NO/100 DOLLARS  ($3,000,000.00).  The purchase price shall be paid under one
of the following  scenarios,  the selection of which may be made by Buyer in its
sole and absolute discretion:

          Scenario A: TWO MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS  ($2,500,000.00)
          shall be paid in cash at closing.  FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  AND NO/100
          DOLLARS  ($500,000.00)  shall be in the form of a real estate mortgage
          note bearing  interest at an annual ratio of nine percent (9%) due and
          payable  in full one (1) year from the date of  closing,  secured by a
          second lien deed of trust. The note shall be prepayable in whole or in
          part  without  penalty.  The note and deed of trust  shall be on forms
          prepared by the State Bar of Texas. Interest on the note shall be paid
          monthly.  Additional  collateral  for the note shall be in the form of
          fully registered shares in the publicly-traded  entity to be formed by
          Buyer  in  the  amount  of  SEVEN  HUNDRED  FIFTY   THOUSAND   DOLLARS
          ($750,000.00)  (the "Stock  Collateral").  If necessary,  Buyer and/or
          Castor Capital  Corporation shall increase the number of Shares in the
          Stock Collateral so as to maintain a $750,000.00  minimum value of the
          Stock Collateral until the note is paid in full.

          Scenario A: TWO MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS  ($2,700,00.00)
          shall be paid in cash at closing.  THREE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND AND NO/100
          DOLLARS  ($300,000.00)  shall be in the form of a real estate mortgage
          note  bearing  interest at an annual rate of nine percent (9%) due and
          payable  in full one (1) year from the date of  closing,  secured by a
          second lien deed or trust. The note shall be prepayable in whole or in
          part  without  penalty.  The note and deed of trust  shall be on forms
          prepared by the State Bar of Texas. Interest on the note shall be paid
          monthly.  Additional  collateral for the note, shall be in the form of
          fully registered  shares in the publicly traded entity to be formed by
          Buyer in the amount of FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  ($500,000.00)
          (the "Stock  Collateral").  If necessary,  Buyer and/or Castor Capital
          Corporation   shall  increase  the  number  of  shares  in  the  Stock
          Collateral so as to maintain a $500,000.00  minimum value of the Stock
          Collateral until the note is paid in full.

         3.  Phase I  Environmental  Report.  For a period of  thirty  (30) days
following the execution of this Agreement (the "Inspection Period"),  Buyer may,
at Buyer's expense,  conduct a Phase  I Environmental Assessment.   In the event


                                        1

<PAGE>


Buyer is for any reason  disatisfied  with its  assessment,  Buyer may terminate
this  contract by written  notice to Seller on or before the  expiration  of the
Inspection  Period.  In such event,  Buyer's earnest money (less ONE HUNDRED AND
NO/100  DOLLARS  ($100.00)  as  independent  consideration  for  Buyer's  rights
hereunder) shall be returned to Buyer by Seller.

         4. Earnest Money.  Buyer's  earnest money shall be in the sum of TWENTY
THOUSAND AND N0/100 DOLLARS  ($20,000.00) in the form of either (a) cash, or (b)
an assignment in form and substance  satisfactory  to Seller's  counsel,  of all
distributions  up to such sum from the Trust of  Landmark  Logistical  Services,
Debtor.  At Closing,  if funds have not been  disbursed  pursuant to 4(b),  then
Buyer shall  substitute  cash for the  assignment,  and the assignment  shall be
returned to Buyer.

         9.  Closing.  Closing  shall occur on or before April 30,  1999.  Buyer
shall be  entitled  to a prorata  credit for all  deposits  delivered  to Seller
during  calendar year 1999 by Buyer in its capacity as tenant,  and in addition,
all unused security deposit.

         13.b.  Assignment.  Buyer shall have the right to assign this Agreement
without  Seller's  prior  written  consent,  provided  such  assignment is to an
affiliate or a controlled entity; otherwise, Seller's prior written consent is a
condition precedent to Buyer's right to assign.

INITIAL:


/s/JYR            
- ----------
BUYER



/s/JZ     
- ----------                 
SELLER


                                        2






                                  Exhibit 10.5

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT


THIS AGREEMENT is dated March 29, 1999,

BETWEEN:

                      Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
                                318 Cadiz Street
                                     Dallas
                                  Texas, 75207
                              (herein the "Client")

                                     - and -

              Engineering Design and Construction Managers Limited
                         3500 Dufferin Street, Suite 300
                                    Downsview
                                Ontario, M3K IN2
                              (herein "Consultant")

WHEREAS the Client desires to engage the  Consultant to provide  services to the
Client for the term of this  Agreement Find the Consultant has agreed to provide
such service,  all in consideration and upon the terms and conditions  contained
herein;

NOW THEREFORE it is hereby agreed as follows:

         1.       Services _______

                  The Client  agrees to engage  the  Consultant  to provide  the
                  services Identified on Exhibit A and the Consultant has agreed
                  to  perform  and  provide  such  services   (collectively  the
                  "Services").

         2.       Term _______

                  Except as  otherwise  provided in this  Agreement,  the Client
                  agrees to engage the  Consultant to provide the Services for a
                  term of one year.  Such term  shall  begin  January  1,  1999.
                  Should the Consultant  provide  services beyond the end of the
                  initial  term of the  Agreement  (or the end of any  automatic
                  renewals  thereof),  the  term  of  this  Agreement  shall  be
                  automatically renewed for an additional term of one year.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         3.       Fee _______

                  (a)      The Client agrees to pay the Consultant an annual fee
                           for the Services provided by the Consultant under the
                           Agreement in the amount of US $200,000.00  payable in
                           equal monthly payments of $16,667.00.

                  (b)      The Consultant  agrees to render monthly  invoices to
                           the Client,  in a form  reasonably  acceptable to the
                           Client,  detailing  the  Services  performed  by  the
                           Consultant.

                  (c)      The Client  shall be  responsible  for  sales,  value
                           added or other  similar taxes payable in the State of
                           Texas in respect of such fees paid to the consultant.

         4.       Expenses _______

                  The Client shall pay for or reimburse the  Consultant  for all
                  reasonable,  ordinary and necessary  expenses  incurred by the
                  Consultant in the ordinary  course of performing  the Services
                  upon presentation of proper accounts, statements,  invoices or
                  receipts for such items; provided,  however , that any expense
                  in excess of $5,000  must be  pre-approved  in  writing by the
                  client.

         5.       Independent Contractor _______

                  The  Consultant's  relationship  with the Client as created by
                  this  Agreement is that of an  independent  contractor.  It is
                  intended that the  Consultant  shall have general  control and
                  direction  over the  manner  in which its  services  are to be
                  provided to the Client under this Agreement. Nothing contained
                  in this  Agreement  shall be regarded or construed as creating
                  any relationship (whether by way of employer/employee; agency,
                  joint  venture,   association,  or  partnership)  between  the
                  parties other than as an  independent  contractor as set forth
                  herein.

         6.       Authority _______

                  The  Consultant  acknowledges  that it is being  retained as a
                  consultant to the Client and that as such it does not have the
                  authority  and cannot commit or bind the Client to any matter,
                  contract   or   negotiation    without   the   prior   written
                  authorization of the Client.

         7.       Compliance _______

                  The  Consultant  shall comply with all  applicable,  state and
                  municipal  laws,  rules  and  regulations  arising  out  of or
                  connected  with the  performance  of the  Services  under this
                  Agreement by the Consultant or its employees.


                                        2

<PAGE>



         8.       Support _______

                  The  Client  agrees  to  provide  such   assistance  and  make
                  available  such  employees,  office  space and  support to the
                  Consultant as is reasonably necessary to enable the Consultant
                  to perform the Services under this Agreement.

         9.       Other Services _______

                  The  Consultant  will be free to perform  consulting and other
                  services to the Consultant's  other clients during the term of
                  this Agreement,  provided,  however, that the Consultant shall
                  ensure that the  Consultant  is able to perform  the  Services
                  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  in a  timely  and  professional
                  fashion. The Consultant agrees not to perform services for the
                  Consultant's  other  clients  which may create a  conflict  of
                  interest or interfere with the Consultant's duties pursuant to
                  this Agreement.

                  (a)      In  the  event  that  the  Consultant  breaches  this
                           Agreement, or otherwise fails to perform the Services
                           in accordance with the terms of this  Agreement,  the
                           Client may terminate this Agreement  immediately  and
                           without notice for cause.  Either party may terminate
                           this Agreement at any time,  without cause or reason,
                           upon giving 3 months advance notice to the other.

                  (b)      Upon termination of this Agreement:

                           (i)      the Client's  obligations  to the Consultant
                                    under this Agreement shall terminate  except
                                    for  the  Client's  obligation  to  pay  the
                                    monthly fees and expenses in accordance with
                                    the terms of this Agreement,  to the date of
                                    termination; and

                           (ii)     the  Consultant's  obligations to the Client
                                    under this Agreement shall terminate  except
                                    those  obligations  which  are  specifically
                                    expressed to survive the termination of this
                                    Agreement.

         11.      Indemnification _______

                  The Client  undertakes to, and does hereby agree to, indemnify
                  the  Consultant  and its  directors,  officers  and  employees
                  against  any  and  all  actions,  suits,  claims,  costs,  and
                  demands,  losses,  damages and  expenses  which may be brought
                  against or suffered by them or which they may sustain,  pay or
                  incur  by  reason  of  the  Consultant's  performance  of  the
                  Services under this Agreement,  with the exception of any such
                  actions, suits, claims, costs and demands, losses, damages and
                  expenses caused by the wilful  misconduct or gross  negligence
                  of  the  Consultant  or  any of  its  directors,  officers  or
                  employees.


                                        3

<PAGE>



         12.      Governing Law _______

                  This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the State of
                  Texas without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws
                  and any federal laws applicable therein.

         13.      Severability _______

                  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such
                  provision  to any  person  or in any  circumstance,  shall  be
                  determined  to  be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the
                  remaining provisions of this Agreement, and the application of
                  such provision to any person or in any circumstance other than
                  that  to  which  it  is  held  to  be   invalid,   illegal  or
                  unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.

         14.      Amendments _______

                  Any amendment to this  Agreement must be in writing and signed
                  by both parties hereto.

         15.      Time of Essence _______

                  Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

         16.      Entire Agreement _______

                  This  is the  entire  Agreement  between  the  Client  and the
                  Consultant  with  respect  to the  consulting  services  to be
                  provided by the  Consultant to the Client and  supersedes  any
                  prior agreements with respect to such services whether written
                  or oral.

         17.      Notices _______

                  Notices  hereunder  shall be in  writing  and  must be  either
                  personally  delivered or sent by double registered mail to the
                  address(es)  set forth  above.  A party may change the address
                  set forth above by proper notice to the other.

         18.      No Waiver _______

                  The failure of any party to insist upon the strict performance
                  of a covenant or  obligation  hereunder,  irrespective  of the
                  length of time for which such failure continues,  shall not be
                  a waiver of such party's right to demand strict performance in
                  the future. No consent or waiver, express or implied, to or of
                  any breach or default in the  performance  of any  covenant or
                  obligation hereunder  shall constitute  a consent of waiver to


                                        4

<PAGE>



                  or of any  other breach or  default in the  performance of the
                  same or of any other obligation hereunder.

         19.      Assignment _______

                  This  Agreement  is personal in nature and may not be assigned
                  by either party hereto.

         20.      Enurement _______

                  This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and shall enure to the
                  benefit of each of the  parties  hereto  and their  respective
                  employees and permitted receivers, successors and assigns.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written.


Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.



Per:     /s/J. C. Williams                            
         ---------------------------
         J. C. Williams
         CFO


Engineering Design and Construction Managers Limited



Per:     /s/H. P. Haines
         ---------------------------                             
         H. P. Haines
         Vice President




                                        5

<PAGE>


                              Exhibit A - Services


         Consulting,    engineering   and   management   services   related   to
         construction,  renovations,  conversions and maintenance operations for
         all existing buildings and refrigeration systems and equipment owned by
         or operated under lease by the Client.




                                        6





                                  Exhibit 21.1


The Company has the following subsidiaries:

     Alford Logistical Services, Inc., a Texas corporation
     Thermix Corporation, a Texas corporation
     Specialty Processing Corporation, a Texas corporation
     Alford Terminal Warehouses, Inc., a Texas corporation
     Alford Distribution Services, Inc., a Texas corporation
     Cadiz Properties, Inc., a Texas corporation
     La Porte Properties, LLC, a Texas limited liability company




<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     Financial Data Sheet for Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0001078006
<NAME>                        Alford Refrigerated Warehouses, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                  1
<CURRENCY>                    U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                  DEC-31-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>               1
<CASH>                         109,517
<SECURITIES>                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                2,008,239
<ALLOWANCES>                         0
<INVENTORY>                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>             2,895,873
<PP&E>                      21,898,092
<DEPRECIATION>               3,140,413
<TOTAL-ASSETS>              24,716,410
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>        3,137,092
<BONDS>                     15,945,949
                0
                          0
<COMMON>                        70,007
<OTHER-SE>                   5,339,054
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>24,716,410
<SALES>                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>            17,651,941
<CGS>                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>               16,477,665
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>           1,462,318
<INCOME-PRETAX>              1,174,276
<INCOME-TAX>                   361,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>            813,276
<DISCONTINUED>                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                      0
<CHANGES>                            0
<NET-INCOME>                   813,276
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      .12
<EPS-DILUTED>                      .12
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission